v1.0.0 2023-09-04 최종 수정버전
This commit is contained in:
commit
40d7b08f55
7
CRoundButton.cpp
Normal file
7
CRoundButton.cpp
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
|||||||
|
#include "stdafx.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "CRoundButton.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BOOL CRoundButton::OnEraseBkgnd(CDC* pDC)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
8
CRoundButton.h
Normal file
8
CRoundButton.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
|||||||
|
#pragma once
|
||||||
|
#include "ColorButton.h"
|
||||||
|
class CRoundButton :
|
||||||
|
public CColorButton
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
BOOL OnEraseBkgnd(CDC* pDC);
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
383
ColorButton.cpp
Normal file
383
ColorButton.cpp
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
|
|||||||
|
// ColorButton.cpp : implementation file
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
// Written by Marius Bancila (mbancila@yahoo.com)
|
||||||
|
// Copyright (c) 2004.
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
// This code may be used in compiled form in any way you desire. This
|
||||||
|
// file may be redistributed unmodified by any means PROVIDING it is
|
||||||
|
// not sold for profit without the authors written consent, and
|
||||||
|
// providing that this notice and the authors name is included. If
|
||||||
|
// the source code in this file is used in any commercial application
|
||||||
|
// then acknowledgement must be made to the author of this file
|
||||||
|
// (in whatever form you wish).
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||||
|
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||||
|
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||||
|
// THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||||
|
// WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||||
|
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
|
||||||
|
// IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
// Please use and enjoy. Please let me know of any bugs/mods/improvements
|
||||||
|
// that you have found/implemented and I will fix/incorporate them into this
|
||||||
|
// file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "stdafx.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "ColorButton.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <afxtempl.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||||
|
#define new DEBUG_NEW
|
||||||
|
#undef THIS_FILE
|
||||||
|
static char THIS_FILE[] = __FILE__;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace clr
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
const COLORREF CLR_BTN_WHITE = RGB(255, 255, 255);
|
||||||
|
const COLORREF CLR_BTN_BLACK = RGB(0, 0, 0);
|
||||||
|
const COLORREF CLR_BTN_DGREY = RGB(128, 128, 128);
|
||||||
|
const COLORREF CLR_BTN_GREY = RGB(192, 192, 192);
|
||||||
|
const COLORREF CLR_BTN_LLGREY = RGB(223, 223, 223);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
// CColorButton
|
||||||
|
CColorButton::CColorButton()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
SetColorToWindowsDefault();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CColorButton::CColorButton(COLORREF text, COLORREF bkgnd)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_TextColor = text;
|
||||||
|
m_BkgndColor = bkgnd;
|
||||||
|
m_DisabledBkgndColor = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE);
|
||||||
|
m_Light = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DLIGHT);
|
||||||
|
m_Highlight = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNHIGHLIGHT);
|
||||||
|
m_Shadow = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNSHADOW);
|
||||||
|
m_DarkShadow = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DDKSHADOW);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CColorButton::CColorButton(COLORREF text, COLORREF bkgnd, COLORREF disabled)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_TextColor = text;
|
||||||
|
m_BkgndColor = bkgnd;
|
||||||
|
m_DisabledBkgndColor = disabled;
|
||||||
|
m_Light = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DLIGHT);
|
||||||
|
m_Highlight = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNHIGHLIGHT);
|
||||||
|
m_Shadow = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNSHADOW);
|
||||||
|
m_DarkShadow = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DDKSHADOW);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CColorButton::CColorButton(COLORREF text, COLORREF bkgnd, COLORREF disabled, COLORREF light, COLORREF highlight, COLORREF shadow, COLORREF darkShadow)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_TextColor = text;
|
||||||
|
m_BkgndColor = bkgnd;
|
||||||
|
m_DisabledBkgndColor = disabled;
|
||||||
|
m_Light = light;
|
||||||
|
m_Highlight = highlight;
|
||||||
|
m_Shadow = shadow;
|
||||||
|
m_DarkShadow = darkShadow;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CColorButton::~CColorButton()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BEGIN_MESSAGE_MAP(CColorButton, CButton)
|
||||||
|
//{{AFX_MSG_MAP(CColorButton)
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_CREATE()
|
||||||
|
//}}AFX_MSG_MAP
|
||||||
|
END_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
// CColorButton message handlers
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CColorButton::DrawItem(LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT lpDrawItemStruct)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CDC *pDC;
|
||||||
|
CRect rcFocus, rcButton, rcText, rcOffsetText;
|
||||||
|
UINT state;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pDC = CDC::FromHandle(lpDrawItemStruct->hDC);
|
||||||
|
state = lpDrawItemStruct->itemState;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
rcFocus.CopyRect(&lpDrawItemStruct->rcItem);
|
||||||
|
rcButton.CopyRect(&lpDrawItemStruct->rcItem);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
rcText = rcButton;
|
||||||
|
rcText.OffsetRect(-1, -1);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
rcOffsetText = rcText;
|
||||||
|
rcOffsetText.OffsetRect(1, 1);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set the focus rectangle to just past the border decoration
|
||||||
|
rcFocus.left += 4;
|
||||||
|
rcFocus.right -= 4;
|
||||||
|
rcFocus.top += 4;
|
||||||
|
rcFocus.bottom -= 4;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Retrieve the button's caption
|
||||||
|
CString strCaption;
|
||||||
|
GetWindowText(strCaption);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (state & ODS_DISABLED)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
DrawFilledRect(pDC, rcButton, m_DisabledBkgndColor);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
DrawFilledRect(pDC, rcButton, m_BkgndColor);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (state & ODS_SELECTED)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
DrawFrame(pDC, rcButton, BUTTON_IN);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ((state & ODS_DEFAULT) || (state & ODS_FOCUS))
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
DrawFrame(pDC, rcButton, BUTTON_OUT | BUTTON_BLACK_BORDER);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
DrawFrame(pDC, rcButton, BUTTON_OUT);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (state & ODS_DISABLED)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
DrawButtonText(pDC, rcOffsetText, strCaption, clr::CLR_BTN_WHITE);
|
||||||
|
DrawButtonText(pDC, rcText, strCaption, clr::CLR_BTN_DGREY);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (state & ODS_SELECTED)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
DrawButtonText(pDC, rcOffsetText, strCaption, m_TextColor);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
DrawButtonText(pDC, rcText, strCaption, m_TextColor);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (state & ODS_FOCUS)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
DrawFocusRect(lpDrawItemStruct->hDC, (LPRECT)&rcFocus);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CColorButton::DrawFrame(CDC *pDC, CRect rc, int state)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
COLORREF color;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (state & BUTTON_BLACK_BORDER)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
color = clr::CLR_BTN_BLACK;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.top, color); // Across top
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.left, rc.bottom, color); // Down left
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.left, rc.bottom - 1, rc.right, rc.bottom - 1, color); // Across bottom
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.right - 1, rc.top, rc.right - 1, rc.bottom, color); // Down right
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
rc.InflateRect(-1, -1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (state & BUTTON_OUT)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
color = m_Highlight;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.top, color); // Across top
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.left, rc.bottom, color); // Down left
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
color = m_DarkShadow;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.left, rc.bottom - 1, rc.right, rc.bottom - 1, color); // Across bottom
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.right - 1, rc.top, rc.right - 1, rc.bottom, color); // Down right
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
rc.InflateRect(-1, -1);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
color = m_Light;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.top, color); // Across top
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.left, rc.bottom, color); // Down left
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
color = m_Shadow;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.left, rc.bottom - 1, rc.right, rc.bottom - 1, color); // Across bottom
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.right - 1, rc.top, rc.right - 1, rc.bottom, color); // Down right
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (state & BUTTON_IN)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
color = m_DarkShadow;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.top, color); // Across top
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.left, rc.bottom, color); // Down left
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.left, rc.bottom - 1, rc.right, rc.bottom - 1, color); // Across bottom
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.right - 1, rc.top, rc.right - 1, rc.bottom, color); // Down right
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
rc.InflateRect(-1, -1);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
color = m_Shadow;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.top, color); // Across top
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.left, rc.bottom, color); // Down left
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.left, rc.bottom - 1, rc.right, rc.bottom - 1, color); // Across bottom
|
||||||
|
DrawLine(pDC, rc.right - 1, rc.top, rc.right - 1, rc.bottom, color); // Down right
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CColorButton::DrawFilledRect(CDC *pDC, CRect rc, COLORREF color)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CBrush brSolid;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
brSolid.CreateSolidBrush(color);
|
||||||
|
pDC->FillRect(rc, &brSolid);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CColorButton::DrawLine(CDC *pDC, long sx, long sy, long ex, long ey, COLORREF color)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CPen newPen;
|
||||||
|
CPen *oldPen;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
newPen.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, color);
|
||||||
|
oldPen = pDC->SelectObject(&newPen);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pDC->MoveTo(sx, sy);
|
||||||
|
pDC->LineTo(ex, ey);
|
||||||
|
pDC->SelectObject(oldPen);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
newPen.DeleteObject();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CColorButton::DrawButtonText(CDC *pDC, CRect rc, CString strCaption, COLORREF textcolor)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
DWORD uStyle = GetWindowLong(this->m_hWnd,GWL_STYLE);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CArray<CString, CString> arLines;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if((uStyle & BS_MULTILINE) == BS_MULTILINE)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int nIndex = 0;
|
||||||
|
while(nIndex != -1)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
nIndex = strCaption.Find('\n');
|
||||||
|
if(nIndex>-1)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CString line = strCaption.Left(nIndex);
|
||||||
|
arLines.Add(line);
|
||||||
|
strCaption.Delete(0,nIndex+1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
arLines.Add(strCaption);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
arLines.Add(strCaption);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CSize sizeText = pDC->GetOutputTextExtent( strCaption );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
COLORREF oldColour;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
oldColour = pDC->SetTextColor(textcolor);
|
||||||
|
pDC->SetBkMode(TRANSPARENT);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int nStartPos = (rc.Height() - arLines.GetSize()*sizeText.cy)/2-1;
|
||||||
|
if((uStyle & BS_TOP) == BS_TOP)
|
||||||
|
nStartPos = rc.top+2;
|
||||||
|
if((uStyle & BS_BOTTOM) == BS_BOTTOM)
|
||||||
|
nStartPos = rc.bottom- arLines.GetSize()*sizeText.cy-2;
|
||||||
|
if((uStyle & BS_VCENTER) == BS_VCENTER)
|
||||||
|
nStartPos = (rc.Height() - arLines.GetSize()*sizeText.cy)/2-1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
UINT uDrawStyles = 0;
|
||||||
|
if((uStyle & BS_CENTER) == BS_CENTER)
|
||||||
|
uDrawStyles |= DT_CENTER;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if((uStyle & BS_LEFT) == BS_LEFT)
|
||||||
|
uDrawStyles |= DT_LEFT;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
if((uStyle & BS_RIGHT) == BS_RIGHT)
|
||||||
|
uDrawStyles |= DT_RIGHT;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
if(uDrawStyles == 0)
|
||||||
|
uDrawStyles = DT_CENTER|DT_VCENTER | DT_SINGLELINE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for(int i=0; i<arLines.GetSize(); i++)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CRect textrc = rc;
|
||||||
|
textrc.DeflateRect(3,0,3,0);
|
||||||
|
textrc.top = nStartPos + sizeText.cy*i;
|
||||||
|
textrc.bottom = nStartPos + sizeText.cy*(i+1);
|
||||||
|
CString line = arLines.GetAt(i);
|
||||||
|
pDC->DrawText(line, line.GetLength(), textrc, uDrawStyles);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pDC->SetTextColor(oldColour);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CColorButton::SetColor(COLORREF text, COLORREF bkgnd)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_TextColor = text;
|
||||||
|
m_BkgndColor = bkgnd;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_hWnd != NULL)
|
||||||
|
Invalidate();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CColorButton::SetColor(COLORREF text, COLORREF bkgnd, COLORREF disabled)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_TextColor = text;
|
||||||
|
m_BkgndColor = bkgnd;
|
||||||
|
m_DisabledBkgndColor = disabled;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_hWnd != NULL)
|
||||||
|
Invalidate();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CColorButton::SetColor(COLORREF text, COLORREF bkgnd, COLORREF disabled, COLORREF light, COLORREF highlight, COLORREF shadow, COLORREF darkShadow)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_TextColor = text;
|
||||||
|
m_BkgndColor = bkgnd;
|
||||||
|
m_DisabledBkgndColor = disabled;
|
||||||
|
m_Light = light;
|
||||||
|
m_Highlight = highlight;
|
||||||
|
m_Shadow = shadow;
|
||||||
|
m_DarkShadow = darkShadow;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_hWnd != NULL)
|
||||||
|
Invalidate();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CColorButton::SetColorToWindowsDefault()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_TextColor = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNTEXT);
|
||||||
|
m_BkgndColor = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE);
|
||||||
|
m_DisabledBkgndColor = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE);
|
||||||
|
m_Light = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DLIGHT);
|
||||||
|
m_Highlight = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNHIGHLIGHT);
|
||||||
|
m_Shadow = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNSHADOW);
|
||||||
|
m_DarkShadow = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DDKSHADOW);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int CColorButton::OnCreate(LPCREATESTRUCT lpCreateStruct)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
lpCreateStruct->dwExStyle |= BS_OWNERDRAW;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (CButton::OnCreate(lpCreateStruct) == -1)
|
||||||
|
return -1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
101
ColorButton.h
Normal file
101
ColorButton.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
|||||||
|
// Written by Marius Bancila (mbancila@yahoo.com)
|
||||||
|
// Copyright (c) 2004.
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
// This code may be used in compiled form in any way you desire. This
|
||||||
|
// file may be redistributed unmodified by any means PROVIDING it is
|
||||||
|
// not sold for profit without the authors written consent, and
|
||||||
|
// providing that this notice and the authors name is included. If
|
||||||
|
// the source code in this file is used in any commercial application
|
||||||
|
// then acknowledgement must be made to the author of this file
|
||||||
|
// (in whatever form you wish).
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||||
|
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||||
|
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||||
|
// THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||||
|
// WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||||
|
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
|
||||||
|
// IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
// Please use and enjoy. Please let me know of any bugs/mods/improvements
|
||||||
|
// that you have found/implemented and I will fix/incorporate them into this
|
||||||
|
// file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(AFX_COLORBUTTON_H__EB5FACDB_272F_4883_A997_659DDA42FD38__INCLUDED_)
|
||||||
|
#define AFX_COLORBUTTON_H__EB5FACDB_272F_4883_A997_659DDA42FD38__INCLUDED_
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if _MSC_VER > 1000
|
||||||
|
#pragma once
|
||||||
|
#endif // _MSC_VER > 1000
|
||||||
|
// ColorButton.h : header file
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
// CColorButton window
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CColorButton : public CButton
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
enum { BUTTON_IN = 0x01,
|
||||||
|
BUTTON_OUT = 0x02,
|
||||||
|
BUTTON_BLACK_BORDER = 0x04,};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Construction
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CColorButton();
|
||||||
|
CColorButton(COLORREF text, COLORREF bkgnd);
|
||||||
|
CColorButton(COLORREF text, COLORREF bkgnd, COLORREF disabled);
|
||||||
|
CColorButton(COLORREF text, COLORREF bkgnd, COLORREF disabled, COLORREF light, COLORREF highlight, COLORREF shadow, COLORREF darkShadow);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Attributes
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
COLORREF m_TextColor;
|
||||||
|
COLORREF m_BkgndColor;
|
||||||
|
COLORREF m_DisabledBkgndColor;
|
||||||
|
COLORREF m_Light;
|
||||||
|
COLORREF m_Highlight;
|
||||||
|
COLORREF m_Shadow;
|
||||||
|
COLORREF m_DarkShadow;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Operations
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
void SetColor(COLORREF text, COLORREF bkgnd);
|
||||||
|
void SetColor(COLORREF text, COLORREF bkgnd, COLORREF disabled);
|
||||||
|
void SetColor(COLORREF text, COLORREF bkgnd, COLORREF disabled, COLORREF light, COLORREF highlight, COLORREF shadow, COLORREF darkShadow);
|
||||||
|
void SetColorToWindowsDefault();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
void DrawFrame(CDC *pDC, CRect rc, int state);
|
||||||
|
void DrawFilledRect(CDC *pDC, CRect rc, COLORREF color);
|
||||||
|
void DrawLine(CDC *pDC, long sx, long sy, long ex, long ey, COLORREF color);
|
||||||
|
void DrawButtonText(CDC *pDC, CRect rc, CString strCaption, COLORREF textcolor);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Overrides
|
||||||
|
// ClassWizard generated virtual function overrides
|
||||||
|
//{{AFX_VIRTUAL(CColorButton)
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
virtual void DrawItem(LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT lpDrawItemStruct);
|
||||||
|
//}}AFX_VIRTUAL
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Implementation
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
virtual ~CColorButton();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Generated message map functions
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
//{{AFX_MSG(CColorButton)
|
||||||
|
afx_msg int OnCreate(LPCREATESTRUCT lpCreateStruct);
|
||||||
|
//}}AFX_MSG
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DECLARE_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//{{AFX_INSERT_LOCATION}}
|
||||||
|
// Microsoft Visual C++ will insert additional declarations immediately before the previous line.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif // !defined(AFX_COLORBUTTON_H__EB5FACDB_272F_4883_A997_659DDA42FD38__INCLUDED_)
|
||||||
214
LogEdit.cpp
Normal file
214
LogEdit.cpp
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
|
|||||||
|
// LogEdit.cpp : implementation file
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "stdafx.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "LogEdit.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||||
|
#define new DEBUG_NEW
|
||||||
|
#undef THIS_FILE
|
||||||
|
static char THIS_FILE[] = __FILE__;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
/*************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
FILE : LogEdit.cpp Version 1.0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Author : Ranojay Sen (sen_ranojay@email.com)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Description: CLogEdit is a CEdit derived class and runs on MS-Windows
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CLogEdit class can be used very easily for the
|
||||||
|
purpose of logging data by any application or any
|
||||||
|
Hardware. The automatic scrolling and updating the
|
||||||
|
Cursor position to the end of the line are the main
|
||||||
|
features of this class. this code can be modified by
|
||||||
|
profesional programmers to serve their specific needs
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Copyright(c) 2008
|
||||||
|
by Ranojay Sen (sen_ranojay@email.com)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This code may be used in compiled form in any way you desire. This
|
||||||
|
file may be redistributed unmodified by any means PROVIDING it is
|
||||||
|
not sold for profit without the authors written consent, and
|
||||||
|
providing that this notice and the authors name is included. If
|
||||||
|
the source code in this file is used in any commercial application
|
||||||
|
then a simple email to the author would be nice.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is provided "as is" with no expressed or implied warranty.
|
||||||
|
The author accepts no liability if it causes any damage.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
*************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
// CLogEdit
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CLogEdit::CLogEdit()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_maxLineCount = 1000;
|
||||||
|
flag=1;
|
||||||
|
PromptStr="Prompt::";
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CLogEdit::~CLogEdit()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BEGIN_MESSAGE_MAP(CLogEdit, CEdit)
|
||||||
|
//{{AFX_MSG_MAP(CLogEdit)
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_SETFOCUS()
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_CHAR()
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK()
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_LBUTTONDOWN()
|
||||||
|
//}}AFX_MSG_MAP
|
||||||
|
END_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
// CLogEdit message handlers
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int CLogEdit::Trace(TCHAR *szString, ...)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
va_list args;
|
||||||
|
va_start(args, szString);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int nrs = _Trace(szString, args);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
va_end(args);
|
||||||
|
return nrs;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int CLogEdit::_Trace(TCHAR *szFormat, va_list args)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int nrs;
|
||||||
|
DWORD dwWrite=0;
|
||||||
|
SYSTEMTIME sysTime={0};
|
||||||
|
TCHAR szHead[1024*10] = {0,};
|
||||||
|
TCHAR szBuffer[1024*10] = {0,};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GetLocalTime(&sysTime);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
nrs = _vsntprintf(szBuffer, sizeof szBuffer, szFormat, args);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(szBuffer[nrs-1] == 0x0D || szBuffer[nrs-1] == 0x0A)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
szBuffer[nrs-1] = 0x0D;
|
||||||
|
szBuffer[nrs] = 0x0A;
|
||||||
|
szBuffer[++nrs] = 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dwWrite = wsprintf(szHead, TEXT("[%d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d] %s"), sysTime.wYear, sysTime.wMonth, sysTime.wDay
|
||||||
|
, sysTime.wHour, sysTime.wMinute, sysTime.wSecond, szBuffer);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
InsertLines(szHead, FALSE);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return nrs;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CLogEdit::RemoveTopLine(CString& message)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
INT32 pos = message.Find(L"\r\n", 0);
|
||||||
|
if(pos >= 0) {
|
||||||
|
message = message.Right(message.GetLength() - (pos + 2));
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int CLogEdit::GetLineCountProxy(CString message)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
INT32 iStart = 0;
|
||||||
|
INT32 pos;
|
||||||
|
INT32 count = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
do {
|
||||||
|
pos = message.Find(L"\r\n", iStart);
|
||||||
|
count++;
|
||||||
|
if(pos >= 0)
|
||||||
|
iStart = pos + 1;
|
||||||
|
} while(pos >= 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//TRACE("LINE COUNT : %d\n", count);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return count;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CLogEdit::InsertLines(CString Line,BOOL st)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CString wndtext;
|
||||||
|
//GetWindowText ( wndtext );
|
||||||
|
wndtext = m_strLogs;
|
||||||
|
int text_length = wndtext.GetLength() ;
|
||||||
|
if( text_length <=1)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if(!st)
|
||||||
|
wndtext = wndtext + Line ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
wndtext = wndtext + PromptStr + Line ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if(!st)
|
||||||
|
wndtext = wndtext +"\r\n"+ Line ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
wndtext = wndtext + "\r\n"+PromptStr + Line ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int cnt = GetLineCountProxy(wndtext);
|
||||||
|
if(cnt > m_maxLineCount)
|
||||||
|
RemoveTopLine(wndtext);
|
||||||
|
m_strLogs = wndtext;
|
||||||
|
CWnd *pParent = AfxGetMainWnd();
|
||||||
|
if(pParent)
|
||||||
|
pParent->PostMessage(WM_TBD_UPDATE_LOG, 0, 0);
|
||||||
|
// SetWindowText ( wndtext );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// LineScroll ( GetLineCount(), 0x0 );
|
||||||
|
// UpdateCaretPos();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CLogEdit::UpdateLogsToEdit()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
SetWindowText(m_strLogs);
|
||||||
|
LineScroll (GetLineCount(), 0x0);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CLogEdit::UpdateCaretPos()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
for ( int i = 0 ; i < GetLineCount() ; i++ )
|
||||||
|
SendMessage( WM_KEYDOWN, VK_DOWN , 0x0 ) ;
|
||||||
|
for ( int i = 0 ; i < LineLength( GetLineCount() - 1 ) ; i++ )
|
||||||
|
SendMessage( WM_KEYDOWN, VK_RIGHT , 0x0 ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CLogEdit::OnSetFocus(CWnd* pOldWnd)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CEdit::OnSetFocus(pOldWnd);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(flag==1)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
flag = 0;
|
||||||
|
//InsertLines("Log Edit Demo Version 1.0 Feb-2008",FALSE);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
UpdateCaretPos();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CLogEdit::OnChar(UINT nChar, UINT nRepCnt, UINT nFlags)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
UpdateCaretPos();
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
// CEdit::OnChar(nChar, nRepCnt, nFlags);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CLogEdit::OnLButtonDblClk(UINT nFlags, CPoint point)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
UpdateCaretPos();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CLogEdit::OnLButtonDown(UINT nFlags, CPoint point)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
UpdateCaretPos();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
91
LogEdit.h
Normal file
91
LogEdit.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
|||||||
|
#if !defined(AFX_LOGEDIT_H__D1EA82CD_C372_4935_9467_E6FD80C35892__INCLUDED_)
|
||||||
|
#define AFX_LOGEDIT_H__D1EA82CD_C372_4935_9467_E6FD80C35892__INCLUDED_
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if _MSC_VER > 1000
|
||||||
|
#pragma once
|
||||||
|
#endif // _MSC_VER > 1000
|
||||||
|
// LogEdit.h : header file
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
/*************************************************************************
|
||||||
|
FILE : LogEdit.h Version 1.0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Author : Ranojay Sen (sen_ranojay@email.com)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Description: CLogEdit is a CEdit derived class and runs on MS-Windows
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CLogEdit class can be used very easily for the
|
||||||
|
purpose of logging data by any application or any
|
||||||
|
Hardware. The automatic scrolling and updating the
|
||||||
|
Cursor position to the end of the line are the main
|
||||||
|
features of this class. this code can be modified by
|
||||||
|
profesional programmers to serve their specific needs
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Copyright(c) 2008
|
||||||
|
by Ranojay Sen (sen_ranojay@email.com)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This code may be used in compiled form in any way you desire. This
|
||||||
|
file may be redistributed unmodified by any means PROVIDING it is
|
||||||
|
not sold for profit without the authors written consent, and
|
||||||
|
providing that this notice and the authors name is included. If
|
||||||
|
the source code in this file is used in any commercial application
|
||||||
|
then a simple email to the author would be nice.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This file is provided "as is" with no expressed or implied warranty.
|
||||||
|
The author accepts no liability if it causes any damage.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
*************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
// CLogEdit window
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CLogEdit : public CEdit
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Construction
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CLogEdit();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Attributes
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
int flag;
|
||||||
|
CFont F;
|
||||||
|
CString PromptStr;
|
||||||
|
CString m_strLogs;
|
||||||
|
int m_maxLineCount;
|
||||||
|
// Operations
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
void InsertLines(CString Line, BOOL st);
|
||||||
|
void UpdateCaretPos();
|
||||||
|
void UpdateLogsToEdit();
|
||||||
|
int Trace(TCHAR *szString, ...);
|
||||||
|
inline int _Trace(TCHAR *szFormat, va_list args);
|
||||||
|
void RemoveTopLine(CString& message);
|
||||||
|
int GetLineCountProxy(CString message);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Overrides
|
||||||
|
// ClassWizard generated virtual function overrides
|
||||||
|
//{{AFX_VIRTUAL(CLogEdit)
|
||||||
|
//}}AFX_VIRTUAL
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Implementation
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
virtual ~CLogEdit();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Generated message map functions
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
//{{AFX_MSG(CLogEdit)
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnSetFocus(CWnd* pOldWnd);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnChar(UINT nChar, UINT nRepCnt, UINT nFlags);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnLButtonDblClk(UINT nFlags, CPoint point);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnLButtonDown(UINT nFlags, CPoint point);
|
||||||
|
//}}AFX_MSG
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DECLARE_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//{{AFX_INSERT_LOCATION}}
|
||||||
|
// Microsoft Visual C++ will insert additional declarations immediately before the previous line.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif // !defined(AFX_LOGEDIT_H__D1EA82CD_C372_4935_9467_E6FD80C35892__INCLUDED_)
|
||||||
83
OnCastDlg.cpp
Normal file
83
OnCastDlg.cpp
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
|||||||
|
// OnCastDlg.cpp : implementation file
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "stdafx.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "TouchBoard.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "OnCastDlg.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "afxdialogex.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "TouchBoardDlg.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern CTouchBoardDlg *g_pMainDlg;
|
||||||
|
// COnCastDlg dialog
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC(COnCastDlg, CDialogEx)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
COnCastDlg::COnCastDlg(CWnd* pParent /*=NULL*/)
|
||||||
|
: CDialogEx(COnCastDlg::IDD, pParent)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
EnableAutomation();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
COnCastDlg::~COnCastDlg()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void COnCastDlg::OnFinalRelease()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// When the last reference for an automation object is released
|
||||||
|
// OnFinalRelease is called. The base class will automatically
|
||||||
|
// deletes the object. Add additional cleanup required for your
|
||||||
|
// object before calling the base class.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CDialogEx::OnFinalRelease();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void COnCastDlg::DoDataExchange(CDataExchange* pDX)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CDialogEx::DoDataExchange(pDX);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BEGIN_MESSAGE_MAP(COnCastDlg, CDialogEx)
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_PAINT()
|
||||||
|
END_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BEGIN_DISPATCH_MAP(COnCastDlg, CDialogEx)
|
||||||
|
END_DISPATCH_MAP()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Note: we add support for IID_IOnCastDlg to support typesafe binding
|
||||||
|
// from VBA. This IID must match the GUID that is attached to the
|
||||||
|
// dispinterface in the .IDL file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// {3BFB7ADB-C3C9-4EDB-8DEE-BB352084EDB3}
|
||||||
|
static const IID IID_IOnCastDlg =
|
||||||
|
{ 0x3BFB7ADB, 0xC3C9, 0x4EDB, { 0x8D, 0xEE, 0xBB, 0x35, 0x20, 0x84, 0xED, 0xB3 } };
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BEGIN_INTERFACE_MAP(COnCastDlg, CDialogEx)
|
||||||
|
INTERFACE_PART(COnCastDlg, IID_IOnCastDlg, Dispatch)
|
||||||
|
END_INTERFACE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// COnCastDlg message handlers
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void COnCastDlg::OnPaint()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CPaintDC dc(this); // device context for painting
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your message handler code here
|
||||||
|
// Do not call CDialogEx::OnPaint() for painting messages
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CFont *pOldFont;
|
||||||
|
dc.SetBkMode( TRANSPARENT );
|
||||||
|
pOldFont = dc.SelectObject(&g_pMainDlg->m_topFont);
|
||||||
|
RECT txtPos;
|
||||||
|
GetClientRect(&txtPos);
|
||||||
|
txtPos.top = 70;
|
||||||
|
txtPos.bottom = 200;
|
||||||
|
if(m_strMessage.GetLength() > 0)
|
||||||
|
dc.DrawText(m_strMessage, -1, &txtPos, DT_CENTER);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dc.SelectObject(pOldFont);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
29
OnCastDlg.h
Normal file
29
OnCastDlg.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
|||||||
|
#pragma once
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// COnCastDlg dialog
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class COnCastDlg : public CDialogEx
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
DECLARE_DYNAMIC(COnCastDlg)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CString m_strMessage;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
COnCastDlg(CWnd* pParent = NULL); // standard constructor
|
||||||
|
virtual ~COnCastDlg();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
virtual void OnFinalRelease();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Dialog Data
|
||||||
|
enum { IDD = IDD_ONCAST_DIALOG };
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
virtual void DoDataExchange(CDataExchange* pDX); // DDX/DDV support
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DECLARE_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
DECLARE_DISPATCH_MAP()
|
||||||
|
DECLARE_INTERFACE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnPaint();
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
71
ReadMe.txt
Normal file
71
ReadMe.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
|||||||
|
================================================================================
|
||||||
|
MFC 라이브러리 : TouchBoard 프로젝트 개요
|
||||||
|
===============================================================================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
응용 프로그램 마법사에서 이 TouchBoard 응용 프로그램을 만들었습니다. 이 응용 프로그램은 MFC의 기본 사용법을 보여 줄 뿐만 아니라 응용 프로그램을 작성하기 위한 기본 구조를 제공합니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TouchBoard 응용 프로그램을 구성하는 각 파일에 대한
|
||||||
|
요약 설명이 포함되어 있습니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TouchBoard.vcxproj
|
||||||
|
응용 프로그램 마법사를 사용하여 생성한 VC++ 프로젝트의 기본 프로젝트 파일입니다. 파일을 생성한 Visual C++ 버전에 대한 정보와 응용 프로그램 마법사를 사용하여 선택한 플랫폼, 구성 및 프로젝트 기능에 대한 정보가 포함되어 있습니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TouchBoard.vcxproj.filters
|
||||||
|
응용 프로그램 마법사를 사용하여 생성된 VC++ 프로젝트의 필터 파일입니다. 이 파일에는 프로젝트의 파일과 필터 간의 연결 정보가 들어 있습니다. 이러한 연결은 특정 노드에서 유사한 확장명으로 그룹화된 파일을 표시하기 위해 IDE에서 사용됩니다. 예를 들어 ".cpp" 파일은 "소스 파일" 필터와 연결되어 있습니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TouchBoard.h
|
||||||
|
해당 응용 프로그램의 기본 헤더 파일입니다.
|
||||||
|
여기에는 resource.h를 비롯한 다른 프로젝트별 헤더가 포함되어 있으며 CTouchBoardApp 응용 프로그램 클래스가 선언되어 있습니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TouchBoard.cpp
|
||||||
|
이는 응용 프로그램 클래스 CTouchBoardApp가 포함된 기본 응용 프로그램 소스 파일입니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TouchBoard.rc
|
||||||
|
프로그램에서 사용하는 모든 Microsoft Windows 리소스의 목록입니다. 여기에는 RES 하위 디렉터리에 저장된 아이콘, 비트맵 및 커서가 포함됩니다. 이 파일은 Microsoft Visual C++에서 직접 편집할 수 있습니다. 프로젝트 리소스는 1042에 있습니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
res\TouchBoard.ico
|
||||||
|
아이콘 파일이며, 응용 프로그램의 아이콘으로 사용됩니다. 이 아이콘은 기본 리소스 파일인 TouchBoard.rc에 의해 포함됩니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
res\TouchBoard.rc2
|
||||||
|
이 파일에는 Microsoft Visual C++ 이외의 다른 도구에서 편집한 리소스가 포함되어 있습니다. 리소스 편집기로 편집할 수 없는 모든 리소스는 이 파일에 넣어야 합니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
응용 프로그램 마법사에서 대화 상자 클래스 하나를 만듭니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TouchBoardDlg.h, TouchBoardDlg.cpp - 대화 상자
|
||||||
|
이 파일에는 CTouchBoardDlg 클래스가 포함됩니다. 이 클래스는 응용 프로그램의 주 대화 상자에 대한 동작을 정의합니다. 이 대화 상자 템플릿은 TouchBoard.rc에 있으며, Microsoft Visual C++에서 직접 편집할 수 있습니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
기타 기능:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ActiveX 컨트롤
|
||||||
|
응용 프로그램이 Active X 컨트롤을 지원합니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Windows 소켓
|
||||||
|
응용 프로그램에서 TCP/IP 네트워크를 통한 통신을 구축할 수 있습니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
기타 표준 파일:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
StdAfx.h, StdAfx.cpp
|
||||||
|
이 파일은 미리 컴파일된 헤더(PCH) 파일 TouchBoard.pch와 미리 컴파일된 형식(PCT) 파일 StdAfx.obj를 빌드하는 데 사용됩니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Resource.h
|
||||||
|
새 리소스 ID를 정의하는 표준 헤더 파일입니다. Microsoft Visual C++에서 이 파일을 읽고 업데이트합니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TouchBoard.manifest
|
||||||
|
응용 프로그램 매니페스트 파일은 Windows XP에서 특정 버전의 Side-by-Side 어셈블리에 대한 응용 프로그램 종속성을 설명하는 데 사용됩니다. 로더는 이 정보를 통해 어셈블리 캐시 또는 응용 프로그램의 private에서 적절한 어셈블리를 로드합니다. 응용 프로그램 매니페스트는 응용 프로그램 실행 파일과 같은 폴더에 설치된 외부 .manifest 파일 형태로서 재배포용으로 포함되거나, 리소스 형태로 된 실행 파일에 포함될 수 있습니다.
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
기타 참고:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
응용 프로그램 마법사에서 사용하는 "TODO:"는 사용자가 추가하거나 사용자 지정해야 하는 소스 코드 부분을 나타냅니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
공유된 DLL에서 MFC를 사용하는 응용 프로그램의 경우 MFC DLL을 재배포할 필요가 없습니다. 응용 프로그램에서 운영 체제의 로캘과 다른 언어를 사용하는 경우 이에 해당하는 지역화된 리소스인 mfc110XXX.DLL도 재배포해야 합니다.
|
||||||
|
이러한 두 항목에 대한 자세한 내용은 MSDN 설명서에 있는 Visual C++ 응용 프로그램 재배포 섹션을 참조하십시오.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
584
RoundButton2.cpp
Normal file
584
RoundButton2.cpp
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,584 @@
|
|||||||
|
/********************************************************************
|
||||||
|
created: 2005/06/03
|
||||||
|
created: 3:6:2005 13:22
|
||||||
|
filename: x:\Software\Mfc\Source\Controls\Buttons\RoundButton2.cpp
|
||||||
|
file path: x:\Software\Mfc\Source\Controls\Buttons
|
||||||
|
file base: RoundButton2
|
||||||
|
file ext: cpp
|
||||||
|
author: Markus Zocholl
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
purpose: CRoundButton2 defines a universal Button-Control with the
|
||||||
|
following features:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Shape is a rounded Rectangle
|
||||||
|
* Button includes Border and Button-Face
|
||||||
|
* Many parameters to get an individual look
|
||||||
|
* Functions of Button to be en- or disabled:
|
||||||
|
- Button (disabled means a static control with userdefined styles)
|
||||||
|
- Hover
|
||||||
|
*********************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "StdAfx.h"
|
||||||
|
#include <math.h>
|
||||||
|
#include ".\RoundButton2.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||||
|
#define new DEBUG_NEW
|
||||||
|
#undef THIS_FILE
|
||||||
|
static char THIS_FILE[] = __FILE__;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Construction and Destruction */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Construction
|
||||||
|
CRoundButton2::CRoundButton2(void):
|
||||||
|
m_bDefaultButton(false)
|
||||||
|
, m_bIsCheckButton(false)
|
||||||
|
, m_bIsRadioButton(false)
|
||||||
|
, m_bIsHotButton(false)
|
||||||
|
, m_bMouseOnButton(false)
|
||||||
|
, m_bIsChecked(false)
|
||||||
|
, m_ptRoundButtonStyle(NULL)
|
||||||
|
, m_rBtnSize(CRect(0, 0, 0, 0))
|
||||||
|
, m_bRedraw(false)
|
||||||
|
, m_sOldCaption(_T(""))
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Set Standards in Font-Style
|
||||||
|
m_tLogFont.lfHeight = 16;
|
||||||
|
m_tLogFont.lfWidth = 0;
|
||||||
|
m_tLogFont.lfEscapement = 0;
|
||||||
|
m_tLogFont.lfOrientation = 0;
|
||||||
|
m_tLogFont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
|
||||||
|
m_tLogFont.lfItalic = false;
|
||||||
|
m_tLogFont.lfUnderline = false;
|
||||||
|
m_tLogFont.lfStrikeOut = false;
|
||||||
|
m_tLogFont.lfCharSet = DEFAULT_CHARSET;
|
||||||
|
m_tLogFont.lfOutPrecision = OUT_DEFAULT_PRECIS;
|
||||||
|
m_tLogFont.lfClipPrecision = CLIP_DEFAULT_PRECIS;
|
||||||
|
m_tLogFont.lfQuality = ANTIALIASED_QUALITY;
|
||||||
|
m_tLogFont.lfPitchAndFamily = DEFAULT_PITCH;
|
||||||
|
//strcpy(m_tLogFont.lfFaceName, "Tahoma");
|
||||||
|
lstrcpy(m_tLogFont.lfFaceName, _T("Tahoma"));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_tBtnFont.CreateFontIndirect(&m_tLogFont);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set Standard Font-Color
|
||||||
|
m_tTextColor.m_tDisabled = RGB(64, 64, 64);
|
||||||
|
m_tTextColor.m_tEnabled = RGB( 0, 0, 0);
|
||||||
|
m_tTextColor.m_tClicked = RGB( 0, 0, 0);
|
||||||
|
m_tTextColor.m_tPressed = RGB( 0, 0, 0);
|
||||||
|
m_tTextColor.m_tHot = RGB( 0, 0, 0);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Destruction
|
||||||
|
CRoundButton2::~CRoundButton2(void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* public Functions */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set Style of Button
|
||||||
|
bool CRoundButton2::SetRoundButtonStyle(CRoundButtonStyle* _ptRoundButtonStyle)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Check, if Button-Style is given
|
||||||
|
if (_ptRoundButtonStyle == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set Pointer to ButtonStyle
|
||||||
|
m_ptRoundButtonStyle = _ptRoundButtonStyle;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Redraw Button
|
||||||
|
m_bRedraw = true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// All Done
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool CRoundButton2::SetFont(CFont* _ptCFont)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (_ptCFont == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
LOGFONT logFont;
|
||||||
|
_ptCFont->GetLogFont(&logFont);
|
||||||
|
return SetFont(&logFont);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set Font of Button
|
||||||
|
bool CRoundButton2::SetFont(LOGFONT* _ptLogFont)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (_ptLogFont == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Delete Font, if already given
|
||||||
|
if (m_tBtnFont.m_hObject != NULL)
|
||||||
|
m_tBtnFont.DeleteObject();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Store Infos local
|
||||||
|
memcpy(&m_tLogFont, _ptLogFont, sizeof(LOGFONT));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Create new Font
|
||||||
|
m_tBtnFont.CreateFontIndirect(&m_tLogFont);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Button should be redrawn
|
||||||
|
m_bRedraw = true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set Font of Button
|
||||||
|
bool CRoundButton2::GetFont(LOGFONT* _ptLogFont)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (_ptLogFont == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Store Infos local
|
||||||
|
memcpy(_ptLogFont, &m_tLogFont, sizeof(LOGFONT));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Set Color of Caption
|
||||||
|
bool CRoundButton2::SetTextColor(tColorScheme* _ptTextColor)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (_ptTextColor == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Store Infos locally
|
||||||
|
memcpy(&m_tTextColor, _ptTextColor, sizeof(tColorScheme));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Button should be redrawn
|
||||||
|
m_bRedraw = true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Get Color of Caption
|
||||||
|
bool CRoundButton2::GetTextColor(tColorScheme* _ptTextColor)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (_ptTextColor == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Store Infos locally
|
||||||
|
memcpy(_ptTextColor, &m_tTextColor, sizeof(tColorScheme));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Own Drawing-Functions */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Generate Bitmaps to hold Buttons
|
||||||
|
void CRoundButton2::GenButtonBMPs(CDC* _pDC, CRect _rRect)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (m_tBmpBtn.m_hObject != NULL)
|
||||||
|
m_tBmpBtn.DeleteObject();
|
||||||
|
m_tBmpBtn.m_hObject = NULL;
|
||||||
|
// Generate Bitmap
|
||||||
|
if (m_tBmpBtn.CreateCompatibleBitmap(_pDC, _rRect.Width(), _rRect.Height() * BS_LAST_STATE) == FALSE)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize = CRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize = _rRect;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Draw Button-Face
|
||||||
|
void CRoundButton2::DrawButtonFace(CDC* _pDC)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We need an attached style
|
||||||
|
if (m_ptRoundButtonStyle == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Get Pointer to Bitmap of Masks
|
||||||
|
CBitmap* pButtonMasks = m_ptRoundButtonStyle->GetButtonEdge(_pDC);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Create Memory-DC
|
||||||
|
CDC SourceDC;
|
||||||
|
SourceDC.CreateCompatibleDC(_pDC);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Select Working Objects into DCs
|
||||||
|
HGDIOBJ hOldBmp1 = SourceDC.SelectObject(pButtonMasks);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int nState;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CSize tEdgeSize = m_ptRoundButtonStyle->GetEdgeSize();
|
||||||
|
CSize tCorrectedEdgeSize;
|
||||||
|
CSize tMaskSize = m_ptRoundButtonStyle->GetMaskSize();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Correct Edge-Size for smaller Buttons
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx = __min(tEdgeSize.cx, __min(m_rBtnSize.Width() / 2, m_rBtnSize.Height() / 2));
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy = tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (nState = 0; nState < BS_LAST_STATE; nState++)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Draw Edges */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
// Left-Top
|
||||||
|
_pDC->StretchBlt(
|
||||||
|
0,
|
||||||
|
nState * m_rBtnSize.Height(),
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
&SourceDC,
|
||||||
|
0,
|
||||||
|
nState * tMaskSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
tEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
tEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
SRCCOPY);
|
||||||
|
// Left-Bottom
|
||||||
|
_pDC->StretchBlt(
|
||||||
|
0,
|
||||||
|
nState * m_rBtnSize.Height() + m_rBtnSize.Height() - tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
&SourceDC,
|
||||||
|
0,
|
||||||
|
nState * tMaskSize.cy + tMaskSize.cy - tEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
tEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
tEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
SRCCOPY);
|
||||||
|
// Right-Top
|
||||||
|
_pDC->StretchBlt(
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize.Width() - tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
nState * m_rBtnSize.Height(),
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
&SourceDC,
|
||||||
|
tMaskSize.cx - tEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
nState * tMaskSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
tEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
tEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
SRCCOPY);
|
||||||
|
// Right-Bottom
|
||||||
|
_pDC->StretchBlt(
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize.Width() - tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
nState * m_rBtnSize.Height() + m_rBtnSize.Height() - tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
&SourceDC,
|
||||||
|
tMaskSize.cx - tEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
nState * tMaskSize.cy + tMaskSize.cy - tEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
tEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
tEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
SRCCOPY);
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Draw Sides */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
// Top
|
||||||
|
_pDC->StretchBlt(
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
nState * m_rBtnSize.Height(),
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize.Width() - 2 * tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
&SourceDC,
|
||||||
|
tEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
nState * tMaskSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
1,
|
||||||
|
tEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
SRCCOPY);
|
||||||
|
// Bottom
|
||||||
|
_pDC->StretchBlt(
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
nState * m_rBtnSize.Height() + m_rBtnSize.Height() - tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize.Width() - 2 * tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
&SourceDC,
|
||||||
|
tEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
nState * tMaskSize.cy + tMaskSize.cy - tEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
1,
|
||||||
|
tEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
SRCCOPY);
|
||||||
|
// Left
|
||||||
|
_pDC->StretchBlt(
|
||||||
|
0,
|
||||||
|
nState * m_rBtnSize.Height() + tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize.Height() - 2 * tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
&SourceDC,
|
||||||
|
0,
|
||||||
|
nState * tMaskSize.cy + tEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
tEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
1,
|
||||||
|
SRCCOPY);
|
||||||
|
// Right
|
||||||
|
_pDC->StretchBlt(
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize.Width() - tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
nState * m_rBtnSize.Height() + tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize.Height() - 2 * tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
&SourceDC,
|
||||||
|
tMaskSize.cx - tEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
nState * tMaskSize.cy + tEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
tEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
1,
|
||||||
|
SRCCOPY);
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Filling */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
_pDC->StretchBlt(
|
||||||
|
tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
nState * m_rBtnSize.Height() + tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize.Width() - 2* tCorrectedEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize.Height() - 2 * tCorrectedEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
&SourceDC,
|
||||||
|
tEdgeSize.cx,
|
||||||
|
nState * tMaskSize.cy + tEdgeSize.cy,
|
||||||
|
1,
|
||||||
|
1,
|
||||||
|
SRCCOPY);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Select Old Objects into DCs
|
||||||
|
SourceDC.SelectObject(hOldBmp1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Draw Caption on Button
|
||||||
|
void CRoundButton2::DrawButtonCaption(CDC *_pDC)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Select Transparency for Background
|
||||||
|
int nOldBckMode = _pDC->SetBkMode(TRANSPARENT);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Get old Text-Color
|
||||||
|
COLORREF tOldColor = _pDC->SetTextColor(RGB(0,0,0));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Select Font into DC
|
||||||
|
HGDIOBJ hOldFont = _pDC->SelectObject(&m_tBtnFont);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Get Caption of Button
|
||||||
|
CString sCaption;
|
||||||
|
this->GetWindowText(sCaption);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (int nState = 0; nState < BS_LAST_STATE; nState++)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
switch(nState)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
case BS_ENABLED:
|
||||||
|
_pDC->SetTextColor(m_tTextColor.m_tEnabled);
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case BS_CLICKED:
|
||||||
|
_pDC->SetTextColor(m_tTextColor.m_tClicked);
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case BS_PRESSED:
|
||||||
|
_pDC->SetTextColor(m_tTextColor.m_tPressed);
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case BS_HOT:
|
||||||
|
_pDC->SetTextColor(m_tTextColor.m_tHot);
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case BS_DISABLED:
|
||||||
|
default:
|
||||||
|
_pDC->SetTextColor(m_tTextColor.m_tDisabled);
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
_pDC->DrawText(
|
||||||
|
sCaption,
|
||||||
|
CRect(
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize.left,
|
||||||
|
nState * m_rBtnSize.Height() + m_rBtnSize.top,
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize.right,
|
||||||
|
nState * m_rBtnSize.Height() + m_rBtnSize.bottom),
|
||||||
|
DT_CENTER | DT_VCENTER | DT_SINGLELINE);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Select Old Font back
|
||||||
|
_pDC->SelectObject(hOldFont);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set old Background-Mode
|
||||||
|
_pDC->SetBkMode(nOldBckMode);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set old Text-Color
|
||||||
|
_pDC->SetTextColor(tOldColor);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Overwritten Functions for Init and Draw of Button */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Presubclass-Window-Function
|
||||||
|
void CRoundButton2::PreSubclassWindow()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||||
|
// We really should be only sub classing a button control
|
||||||
|
TCHAR buffer[255];
|
||||||
|
GetClassName (m_hWnd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) / sizeof(TCHAR));
|
||||||
|
ASSERT (CString (buffer) == _T("Button"));
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Check if it's a default button
|
||||||
|
if (GetStyle() & 0x0FL)
|
||||||
|
m_bDefaultButton = true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Make the button owner-drawn
|
||||||
|
ModifyStyle (0x0FL, BS_OWNERDRAW | BS_AUTOCHECKBOX, SWP_FRAMECHANGED);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CButton::PreSubclassWindow();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Draw-Item-Function
|
||||||
|
/*! This Function is called each time, the Button needs a redraw
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
void CRoundButton2::DrawItem(LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT lpDrawItemStruct)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Get DC of Item
|
||||||
|
CDC* pDC = CDC::FromHandle(lpDrawItemStruct->hDC);
|
||||||
|
ASSERT (pDC != NULL);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Should Buttons be generated?
|
||||||
|
bool bGenerate = !m_rBtnSize.EqualRect(&lpDrawItemStruct->rcItem) || m_bRedraw;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// If Rectangles of Button are not the same
|
||||||
|
if (bGenerate)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Generate Bitmap to hold Buttons
|
||||||
|
GenButtonBMPs(pDC, lpDrawItemStruct->rcItem);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Redraw done
|
||||||
|
m_bRedraw = false;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Generate DC to draw in Memory
|
||||||
|
CDC MemDC;
|
||||||
|
MemDC.CreateCompatibleDC(pDC);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
HGDIOBJ hOldBmp = MemDC.SelectObject(m_tBmpBtn);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CString sActualCaption;
|
||||||
|
// Get actual caption
|
||||||
|
GetWindowText(sActualCaption);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Check, if caption has changed
|
||||||
|
if (sActualCaption != m_sOldCaption)
|
||||||
|
bGenerate = true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Store old caption
|
||||||
|
m_sOldCaption = sActualCaption;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// If Rectangles of Button are not the same
|
||||||
|
if (bGenerate)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Draw Buttons
|
||||||
|
DrawButtonFace(&MemDC);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Draw Button-Caption
|
||||||
|
DrawButtonCaption(&MemDC);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int nButtonState;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
nButtonState = BS_ENABLED;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (m_bIsHotButton && m_bMouseOnButton)
|
||||||
|
nButtonState = BS_HOT;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ((lpDrawItemStruct->itemState & ODS_DISABLED) == ODS_DISABLED)
|
||||||
|
nButtonState = BS_DISABLED;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ((lpDrawItemStruct->itemState & ODS_SELECTED) == ODS_SELECTED)
|
||||||
|
nButtonState = BS_PRESSED;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (this->m_bIsChecked)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
nButtonState = BS_CLICKED;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Copy correct Bitmap to Screen
|
||||||
|
pDC->BitBlt(
|
||||||
|
lpDrawItemStruct->rcItem.left,
|
||||||
|
lpDrawItemStruct->rcItem.top,
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize.Width(),
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize.Height(),
|
||||||
|
&MemDC,
|
||||||
|
0,
|
||||||
|
m_rBtnSize.Height() * nButtonState,
|
||||||
|
SRCCOPY);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
MemDC.SelectObject(hOldBmp);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BEGIN_MESSAGE_MAP(CRoundButton2, CButton)
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_LBUTTONUP()
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_MOUSEMOVE()
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_CAPTURECHANGED()
|
||||||
|
END_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CRoundButton2::OnLButtonUp(UINT nFlags, CPoint point)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (m_bIsCheckButton)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_bIsChecked = !m_bIsChecked;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if (m_bIsRadioButton)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_bIsChecked = true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CButton::OnLButtonUp(nFlags, point);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CRoundButton2::OnMouseMove(UINT nFlags, CPoint point)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CRect rcClient;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Get Rectangle of Client
|
||||||
|
GetClientRect(rcClient);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Check, if Mouse is on Control
|
||||||
|
if (rcClient.PtInRect(point))
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We only need to redraw, if the mouse enters
|
||||||
|
bool bRedrawNeeded = !m_bMouseOnButton;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Mouse is on Control
|
||||||
|
m_bMouseOnButton = true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set Capture to recognize, when the mouse leaves the control
|
||||||
|
SetCapture();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Redraw Control, if Button is hot
|
||||||
|
if (m_bIsHotButton)
|
||||||
|
Invalidate();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We have lost the mouse-capture, so the mouse has left the buttons face
|
||||||
|
m_bMouseOnButton = false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Mouse has left the button
|
||||||
|
ReleaseCapture();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Redraw Control, if Button is hot
|
||||||
|
if (m_bIsHotButton)
|
||||||
|
Invalidate();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CButton::OnMouseMove(nFlags, point);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
void CRoundButton2::OnCaptureChanged(CWnd *pWnd)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Check, if we lost the mouse-capture
|
||||||
|
if (GetCapture() != this)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// We have lost the mouse-capture, so the mouse has left the buttons face
|
||||||
|
m_bMouseOnButton = false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Redraw Control, if Button is hot
|
||||||
|
if (m_bIsHotButton)
|
||||||
|
Invalidate();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CButton::OnCaptureChanged(pWnd);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
139
RoundButton2.h
Normal file
139
RoundButton2.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
|
|||||||
|
/********************************************************************
|
||||||
|
created: 2005/06/03
|
||||||
|
created: 3:6:2005 13:21
|
||||||
|
filename: x:\Software\Mfc\Source\Controls\Buttons\RoundButton2.h
|
||||||
|
file path: x:\Software\Mfc\Source\Controls\Buttons
|
||||||
|
file base: RoundButton2
|
||||||
|
file ext: h
|
||||||
|
author: Markus Zocholl
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
purpose: CRoundButton2 defines a universal Button-Control with the
|
||||||
|
following features:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Shape is a rounded Rectangle
|
||||||
|
* Button includes Border and Button-Face
|
||||||
|
* Many parameters to get an individual look
|
||||||
|
* Functions of Button to be en- or disabled:
|
||||||
|
- Button (disabled means a static control with userdefined styles)
|
||||||
|
- Hover
|
||||||
|
*********************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#pragma once
|
||||||
|
#include "afxwin.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "RoundButtonStyle.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CRoundButton2 :
|
||||||
|
public CButton
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Con- / Destruction */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
//! Constructor
|
||||||
|
CRoundButton2(void);
|
||||||
|
//! Destructor
|
||||||
|
~CRoundButton2(void);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Functions for Design of Button */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
//! Set Style of Button
|
||||||
|
bool SetRoundButtonStyle(CRoundButtonStyle* _ptRoundButtonStyle);
|
||||||
|
//! Get Font of Button
|
||||||
|
bool GetFont(LOGFONT* _ptLogFont);
|
||||||
|
//! Set Font of Button
|
||||||
|
bool SetFont(CFont* _ptCFont);
|
||||||
|
bool SetFont(LOGFONT* _ptLogFont);
|
||||||
|
//! Get Color of Caption
|
||||||
|
bool GetTextColor(tColorScheme* _ptTextColor);
|
||||||
|
//! Set Color of Caption
|
||||||
|
bool SetTextColor(tColorScheme* _ptTextColor);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Access to Functions of Button */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
//! Button is Check button
|
||||||
|
void SetCheckButton(bool _bCheckButton) { m_bIsCheckButton = _bCheckButton; };
|
||||||
|
//! Is Button a Check button
|
||||||
|
bool GetCheckButton() { return m_bIsCheckButton; };
|
||||||
|
//! Button is Radio button
|
||||||
|
void SetRadioButton(bool _bRadioButton) { m_bIsRadioButton = _bRadioButton; };
|
||||||
|
//! Is Button a Radio button
|
||||||
|
bool GetRadioButton() { return m_bIsRadioButton; };
|
||||||
|
//! Button is Hot-button
|
||||||
|
void SetHotButton(bool _bHotButton) { m_bIsHotButton = _bHotButton; };
|
||||||
|
//! Is Button a Hot-button
|
||||||
|
bool GetHotButton() { return m_bIsHotButton; };
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Change Check-Status of Button
|
||||||
|
void SetCheck(bool _bIsChecked) { m_bIsChecked = _bIsChecked; Invalidate(); };
|
||||||
|
//! Get Current Check-Status of Button
|
||||||
|
bool GetCheck() { return m_bIsChecked; };
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Message-Map of Control */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
DECLARE_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnLButtonUp(UINT nFlags, CPoint point);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnMouseMove(UINT nFlags, CPoint point);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Own Drawing-Functions */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Generate Bitmaps to hold Buttons
|
||||||
|
void GenButtonBMPs(CDC* _pDC, CRect _rRect);
|
||||||
|
//! Draw Button-Face
|
||||||
|
void DrawButtonFace(CDC* _pDC);
|
||||||
|
//! Draw Caption on Button
|
||||||
|
void DrawButtonCaption(CDC *_pDC);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Overwritten Functions for Init and Draw of Button */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! PreSubclass-Function
|
||||||
|
virtual void PreSubclassWindow();
|
||||||
|
//! Draw Item-Function
|
||||||
|
virtual void DrawItem(LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT lpDrawItemStruct);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
//! Size of Button-Images
|
||||||
|
CRect m_rBtnSize;
|
||||||
|
//! Image of Buttons
|
||||||
|
CBitmap m_tBmpBtn;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Font for Caption
|
||||||
|
CFont m_tBtnFont;
|
||||||
|
//! Data-Block for Font
|
||||||
|
LOGFONT m_tLogFont;
|
||||||
|
//! Color Scheme of Caption
|
||||||
|
tColorScheme m_tTextColor;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Stored Old Caption to recognize the need for a redraw
|
||||||
|
CString m_sOldCaption;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Is Button Default-Button
|
||||||
|
bool m_bDefaultButton;
|
||||||
|
//! Is Check-Button
|
||||||
|
bool m_bIsCheckButton;
|
||||||
|
//! Is Radio-Button
|
||||||
|
bool m_bIsRadioButton;
|
||||||
|
//! Is Hot-Button
|
||||||
|
bool m_bIsHotButton;
|
||||||
|
//! Is Checked
|
||||||
|
bool m_bIsChecked;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! The Mouse is on the Button-Area, needed for Hot-Button
|
||||||
|
bool m_bMouseOnButton;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Button should be redrawn
|
||||||
|
bool m_bRedraw;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Structure containing Style of Button
|
||||||
|
CRoundButtonStyle* m_ptRoundButtonStyle;
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnCaptureChanged(CWnd *pWnd);
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
352
RoundButtonStyle.cpp
Normal file
352
RoundButtonStyle.cpp
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,352 @@
|
|||||||
|
/********************************************************************
|
||||||
|
created: 2005/06/03
|
||||||
|
created: 03:06:2005 11:27
|
||||||
|
filename: x:\Software\Mfc\Source\Controls\Buttons\RoundButtonStyle.cpp
|
||||||
|
file path: x:\Software\Mfc\Source\Controls\Buttons
|
||||||
|
file base: RoundButtonStyle
|
||||||
|
file ext: cpp
|
||||||
|
author: Markus Zocholl
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
purpose: CRoundButtonStyle manages the Style of CRoundButton, a
|
||||||
|
Button-Control with round Design.
|
||||||
|
Because the generation of the Button-Images is time consuming
|
||||||
|
this is only done once in the Style-Class, and all Buttons
|
||||||
|
associated with this class take the same Images.
|
||||||
|
*********************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "StdAfx.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "math.h"
|
||||||
|
#include ".\roundbuttonstyle.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||||
|
#define new DEBUG_NEW
|
||||||
|
#undef THIS_FILE
|
||||||
|
static char THIS_FILE[] = __FILE__;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Construction / Destruction */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Constructor
|
||||||
|
CRoundButtonStyle::CRoundButtonStyle(void)
|
||||||
|
: m_bButtonDrawn(false)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// No Image => No Size
|
||||||
|
m_tBtnSize = CSize(0, 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set Standard-AntiAliasing-Zone
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_dSizeAA = 2.0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set Standard-Position of HighLight
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_dHighLightX = 0.0;
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_dHighLightY = -7.0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set Radii of Edges
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_dRadius = 10.0;
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_dBorderRatio = 0.2;
|
||||||
|
// Modified by ritoseo
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_dRadius = 8.0;
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_dBorderRatio = 0.1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set Heights of Button
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_dHeightBorder = 0.5;
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_dHeightButton = 0.5;
|
||||||
|
// Modified by ritoseo
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_dHeightBorder = 0.1;
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_dHeightButton = 0.1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set Data of Highlight
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_dRadiusHighLight = 7.0;
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_dPowerHighLight = 0.4;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set Colors for different States
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBack.m_tDisabled = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DFACE);
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBorder.m_tDisabled = RGB(128, 128, 128);
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorFace.m_tDisabled = RGB(128, 128, 128);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBack.m_tEnabled = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DFACE);
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBorder.m_tEnabled = RGB(164, 128, 128);
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorFace.m_tEnabled = RGB(164, 164, 164);
|
||||||
|
// Modified by ritoseo
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBorder.m_tEnabled = RGB(164 + 10, 164 + 10, 164 + 10);
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorFace.m_tEnabled = RGB(164 + 10, 164 + 10, 164 + 10);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBack.m_tClicked = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DFACE);
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBorder.m_tClicked = RGB(255, 255, 0);
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorFace.m_tClicked = RGB(164, 164, 164);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBack.m_tPressed = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DFACE);
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBorder.m_tPressed = RGB(164, 128, 128);
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorFace.m_tPressed = RGB( 64, 64, 64);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBack.m_tHot = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DFACE);
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBorder.m_tHot = RGB(164, 128, 128);
|
||||||
|
m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorFace.m_tHot = RGB(192, 192, 192);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Destructor
|
||||||
|
CRoundButtonStyle::~CRoundButtonStyle(void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Access to Button-Style */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Get current set Button-Style
|
||||||
|
bool CRoundButtonStyle::GetButtonStyle(tButtonStyle* _ptButtonStyle)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Check, if Pointer to a Button-Style-Struct is given
|
||||||
|
if (_ptButtonStyle == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Copy Style to given Struct
|
||||||
|
memcpy(_ptButtonStyle, &m_tButtonStyle, sizeof(tButtonStyle));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// All done
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set Style of Button to new value
|
||||||
|
bool CRoundButtonStyle::SetButtonStyle(tButtonStyle* _ptButtonStyle)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Check, if new Button-Style is given
|
||||||
|
if (_ptButtonStyle == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Copy new Style to Construct
|
||||||
|
memcpy(&m_tButtonStyle, _ptButtonStyle, sizeof(tButtonStyle));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Set Flag to redraw Buttons
|
||||||
|
m_bButtonDrawn = false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// All done
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Request for graphical objects */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Get Pointer to Bitmap containing Edges of Button-Face
|
||||||
|
CBitmap* CRoundButtonStyle::GetButtonEdge(CDC* _pDC)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Check, if Button needs to be redrawn
|
||||||
|
if (!m_bButtonDrawn)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Draw Masks of Button
|
||||||
|
DrawMasks(_pDC);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_bButtonDrawn = true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Return Pointer to Bitmap
|
||||||
|
return &m_tBmpButtonEdge;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Drawing-Routines */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Draw all Masks of Button
|
||||||
|
bool CRoundButtonStyle::DrawMasks(CDC* _pDC)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CDC MemDC;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Create DC in Memory
|
||||||
|
if (MemDC.CreateCompatibleDC(_pDC) == FALSE)
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Generate Variables */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Distance from Center of Button
|
||||||
|
double fDistCenter = 0.0;
|
||||||
|
// Distance from Highlight-Center
|
||||||
|
double fDistHigh = 0.0;
|
||||||
|
// X-Position of Highlight
|
||||||
|
double fXHigh;
|
||||||
|
// Y-Position of Highlight
|
||||||
|
double fYHigh;
|
||||||
|
// Color-Factor of Background-Color
|
||||||
|
double fFacBack = 0.0;
|
||||||
|
// Color-Factor of Border-Color
|
||||||
|
double fFacBorder = 0.0;
|
||||||
|
// Color-Factor of Button-Face-Color
|
||||||
|
double fFacFace = 0.0;
|
||||||
|
// Color-Factor of Highlight-Color
|
||||||
|
double fFacHigh = 0.0;
|
||||||
|
// Color-Factor Red
|
||||||
|
double fFacR;
|
||||||
|
// Color-Factor Green
|
||||||
|
double fFacG;
|
||||||
|
// Color-Factor Blue
|
||||||
|
double fFacB;
|
||||||
|
// Color of actual Pixel
|
||||||
|
COLORREF tColPixel;
|
||||||
|
// Size of Anti-Aliasing-Region
|
||||||
|
double fSizeAA;
|
||||||
|
// Radius of Outer Rim (between Border and Nirvana)
|
||||||
|
double fRadOuter;
|
||||||
|
// Radius of Inner Rim (between Button-Face and Border)
|
||||||
|
double fRadInner;
|
||||||
|
// Ratio of Border
|
||||||
|
double fRatioBorder;
|
||||||
|
// Height of Border
|
||||||
|
double fHeightBorder;
|
||||||
|
// Height of Button-Face
|
||||||
|
double fHeightButton;
|
||||||
|
// Radius of Highlight
|
||||||
|
double fRadHigh;
|
||||||
|
// Power of Highlight
|
||||||
|
double fPowHigh;
|
||||||
|
// Size of single Edge
|
||||||
|
int nSizeEdge = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Load Infos of Style */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Load Position of HighLight
|
||||||
|
fSizeAA = m_tButtonStyle.m_dSizeAA;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fXHigh = m_tButtonStyle.m_dHighLightX;
|
||||||
|
fYHigh = m_tButtonStyle.m_dHighLightY;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fRadOuter = m_tButtonStyle.m_dRadius;
|
||||||
|
fRatioBorder = m_tButtonStyle.m_dBorderRatio;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fHeightBorder = m_tButtonStyle.m_dHeightBorder;
|
||||||
|
fHeightButton = m_tButtonStyle.m_dHeightButton;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fRadHigh = m_tButtonStyle.m_dRadiusHighLight;
|
||||||
|
fPowHigh = m_tButtonStyle.m_dPowerHighLight;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Calculate Radius of Inner Border
|
||||||
|
fRadInner = __min(fRadOuter, __max(0.0f, fRadOuter * (1.0f - fRatioBorder)));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Calculate Size of an Edge
|
||||||
|
nSizeEdge = (int)ceil(fRadOuter + fSizeAA / 2.0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Store Size of Mask in global var
|
||||||
|
m_tBtnSize.SetSize(nSizeEdge, nSizeEdge);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Delete old Bitmap, if present
|
||||||
|
if (m_tBmpButtonEdge.m_hObject != NULL)
|
||||||
|
m_tBmpButtonEdge.DeleteObject();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Generate new Bitmap
|
||||||
|
m_tBmpButtonEdge.CreateCompatibleBitmap(
|
||||||
|
_pDC,
|
||||||
|
2 * nSizeEdge + 1,
|
||||||
|
(2 * nSizeEdge + 1) * BS_LAST_STATE);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Select Bitmap of Button-Edge into DC
|
||||||
|
HGDIOBJ hOldBmp = MemDC.SelectObject(m_tBmpButtonEdge);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Draw Button-Edge
|
||||||
|
int nX;
|
||||||
|
int nY;
|
||||||
|
int nState;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
COLORREF tColorBack;
|
||||||
|
COLORREF tColorBorder;
|
||||||
|
COLORREF tColorFace;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (nX = -nSizeEdge; nX <= nSizeEdge; nX++)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
for (nY = -nSizeEdge; nY <= nSizeEdge; nY++)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Calculate Distance of Point from Center of Button
|
||||||
|
fDistCenter = sqrt((double)nX * (double)nX + (double)nY * (double)nY);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Calculate factor of Background
|
||||||
|
fFacBack = __max(0.0, __min(1.0, 0.5 + (fDistCenter - fRadOuter) * 2.0 / fSizeAA));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Calculate Factor for Border
|
||||||
|
fFacBorder = 1.0 - fHeightBorder * pow((fRadOuter + fRadInner - fDistCenter * 2.0) / (fRadOuter - fRadInner) ,2);
|
||||||
|
fFacBorder = __max(0.0, __min(1.0, 0.5 - (fDistCenter - fRadOuter) * 2.0 / fSizeAA)) * fFacBorder;
|
||||||
|
fFacBorder = __max(0.0, __min(1.0, 0.5 + (fDistCenter - fRadInner) * 2.0 / fSizeAA)) * fFacBorder;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (nState = 0; nState < BS_LAST_STATE; nState++)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Get Colors of State
|
||||||
|
switch(nState)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
case BS_ENABLED:
|
||||||
|
tColorBack = m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBack.m_tEnabled;
|
||||||
|
tColorBorder = m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBorder.m_tEnabled;
|
||||||
|
tColorFace = m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorFace.m_tEnabled;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case BS_CLICKED:
|
||||||
|
tColorBack = m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBack.m_tClicked;
|
||||||
|
tColorBorder = m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBorder.m_tClicked;
|
||||||
|
tColorFace = m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorFace.m_tClicked;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case BS_PRESSED:
|
||||||
|
tColorBack = m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBack.m_tPressed;
|
||||||
|
tColorBorder = m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBorder.m_tPressed;
|
||||||
|
tColorFace = m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorFace.m_tPressed;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case BS_HOT:
|
||||||
|
tColorBack = m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBack.m_tHot;
|
||||||
|
tColorBorder = m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBorder.m_tHot;
|
||||||
|
tColorFace = m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorFace.m_tHot;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case BS_DISABLED:
|
||||||
|
default:
|
||||||
|
tColorBack = m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBack.m_tDisabled;
|
||||||
|
tColorBorder = m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorBorder.m_tDisabled;
|
||||||
|
tColorFace = m_tButtonStyle.m_tColorFace.m_tDisabled;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Calculate Distance of Point from Highlight of Button
|
||||||
|
fDistHigh = sqrt(((double)nX - fXHigh) * ((double)nX - fXHigh) + ((double)nY - fYHigh) * ((double)nY - fYHigh));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Calculate Factor of Inner Surface
|
||||||
|
if (fHeightButton > 0)
|
||||||
|
fFacFace = 1.0 - fHeightButton * (fDistCenter / fRadInner) * (fDistCenter / fRadInner);
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
fFacFace = 1.0 + fHeightButton - fHeightButton * (fDistCenter / fRadInner) * (fDistCenter / fRadInner);
|
||||||
|
fFacFace = __max(0.0, __min(1.0, 0.5 - (fDistCenter - fRadInner) * 2.0 / fSizeAA)) * fFacFace;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Calculate Factor of Highlight
|
||||||
|
fFacHigh = 1.0 + __max(-1.0, __min(1.0, 1.0 - fHeightButton * fDistHigh / fRadHigh)) * fPowHigh;
|
||||||
|
fFacFace = fFacFace * fFacHigh;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Calculate Color-Factors
|
||||||
|
fFacR =
|
||||||
|
(float)GetRValue(tColorBack) * fFacBack +
|
||||||
|
(float)GetRValue(tColorBorder) * fFacBorder +
|
||||||
|
(float)GetRValue(tColorFace) * fFacFace;
|
||||||
|
fFacG =
|
||||||
|
(float)GetGValue(tColorBack) * fFacBack +
|
||||||
|
(float)GetGValue(tColorBorder) * fFacBorder +
|
||||||
|
(float)GetGValue(tColorFace) * fFacFace;
|
||||||
|
fFacB =
|
||||||
|
(float)GetBValue(tColorBack) * fFacBack +
|
||||||
|
(float)GetBValue(tColorBorder) * fFacBorder +
|
||||||
|
(float)GetBValue(tColorFace) * fFacFace;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Calculate actual Color of Pixel
|
||||||
|
tColPixel = RGB(
|
||||||
|
__max(0, __min(255, (int)fFacR)),
|
||||||
|
__max(0, __min(255, (int)fFacG)),
|
||||||
|
__max(0, __min(255, (int)fFacB))
|
||||||
|
);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Draw Pixels
|
||||||
|
MemDC.SetPixel(nSizeEdge + nX, nSizeEdge + nY + (2 * nSizeEdge + 1) * nState, tColPixel);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Select Old Bitmap into DC
|
||||||
|
MemDC.SelectObject(hOldBmp);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
149
RoundButtonStyle.h
Normal file
149
RoundButtonStyle.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
|
|||||||
|
/********************************************************************
|
||||||
|
created: 2005/06/03
|
||||||
|
created: 03:06:2005 11:23
|
||||||
|
filename: x:\Software\Mfc\Source\Controls\Buttons\RoundButtonStyle.h
|
||||||
|
file path: x:\Software\Mfc\Source\Controls\Buttons
|
||||||
|
file base: RoundButtonStyle
|
||||||
|
file ext: h
|
||||||
|
author: Markus Zocholl
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
purpose: CRoundButtonStyle manages the Style of CRoundButton, a
|
||||||
|
Button-Control with round Design.
|
||||||
|
Because the generation of the Button-Images is time consuming
|
||||||
|
this is only done once in the Style-Class, and all Buttons
|
||||||
|
associated with this class take the same Images.
|
||||||
|
*********************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#pragma once
|
||||||
|
#include "afxwin.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! State of Button
|
||||||
|
static enum ButtonState {
|
||||||
|
BS_DISABLED = 0, //<! Button is disabled
|
||||||
|
BS_ENABLED = 1, //<! Button is enabled, but not clicked
|
||||||
|
BS_CLICKED = 2, //<! Button is clicked, meaning selected as check button
|
||||||
|
BS_PRESSED = 3, //<! Button is pressed with the mouse right now
|
||||||
|
BS_HOT = 4, //<! Button is hot, meaning mouse cursor is over button
|
||||||
|
BS_LAST_STATE = 5 //<! last known State
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Structure declaring Color-Scheme
|
||||||
|
struct tColorScheme {
|
||||||
|
// Button is disabled
|
||||||
|
COLORREF m_tDisabled;
|
||||||
|
// Button is enabled but not clicked
|
||||||
|
COLORREF m_tEnabled;
|
||||||
|
// Button is clicked, meaning checked as check box or selected as radio button
|
||||||
|
COLORREF m_tClicked;
|
||||||
|
// Button is pressed, Mouse is on button and left mouse button pressed
|
||||||
|
COLORREF m_tPressed;
|
||||||
|
// Button is hot, not yet implemented
|
||||||
|
COLORREF m_tHot;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Structure declaring Button-Style
|
||||||
|
struct tButtonStyle {
|
||||||
|
// Size of Anti-Aliasing-Zone
|
||||||
|
double m_dSizeAA;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Radius of Button
|
||||||
|
double m_dRadius;
|
||||||
|
// ...Part of Radius is Border
|
||||||
|
double m_dBorderRatio;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Height of Border
|
||||||
|
double m_dHeightBorder;
|
||||||
|
// Height of Button face
|
||||||
|
double m_dHeightButton;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Position of HighLight
|
||||||
|
double m_dHighLightX;
|
||||||
|
double m_dHighLightY;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Radius of HighLight
|
||||||
|
double m_dRadiusHighLight;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Power of Highlight
|
||||||
|
double m_dPowerHighLight;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Color-Scheme of Button
|
||||||
|
tColorScheme m_tColorBack;
|
||||||
|
tColorScheme m_tColorBorder;
|
||||||
|
tColorScheme m_tColorFace;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CRoundButtonStyle
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Construction / Destruction */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//! Constructor
|
||||||
|
CRoundButtonStyle(void);
|
||||||
|
//! Destructor
|
||||||
|
~CRoundButtonStyle(void);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Access to Button-Style */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Get current set Button-Style
|
||||||
|
bool GetButtonStyle(tButtonStyle* _ptButtonStyle);
|
||||||
|
// Set Style of Button to new value
|
||||||
|
bool SetButtonStyle(tButtonStyle* _ptButtonStyle);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Request for graphical objects */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Get Size of Edges
|
||||||
|
CSize GetEdgeSize(void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return m_tBtnSize;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
// Get Size of Masks
|
||||||
|
CSize GetMaskSize(void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return CSize(
|
||||||
|
2 * m_tBtnSize.cx + 1,
|
||||||
|
2 * m_tBtnSize.cy + 1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Get Pointer to Bitmap containing Edges of Button-Face
|
||||||
|
CBitmap* GetButtonEdge(CDC* _pDC);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Status-variables */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Is Button already drawn?
|
||||||
|
bool m_bButtonDrawn;
|
||||||
|
// Size of generated Mask-Edge (use 2 * m_tBtnSize + 1 for whole mask)
|
||||||
|
CSize m_tBtnSize;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Graphical objects */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Bitmap of Button-Edge
|
||||||
|
CBitmap m_tBmpButtonEdge;
|
||||||
|
// Bitmap of stated Buttons
|
||||||
|
CBitmap m_tBMPButtons;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Variables of Button-Style */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Current Style of Button
|
||||||
|
tButtonStyle m_tButtonStyle;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
/* Drawing-Routines */
|
||||||
|
/************************************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Draw all Masks of Button
|
||||||
|
bool DrawMasks(CDC* _pDC);
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
206
TouchBoard.cpp
Normal file
206
TouchBoard.cpp
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// TouchBoard.cpp : 응용 프로그램에 대한 클래스 동작을 정의합니다.
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "stdafx.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "TouchBoard.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "TouchBoardDlg.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||||
|
#define new DEBUG_NEW
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// CTouchBoardApp
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BEGIN_MESSAGE_MAP(CTouchBoardApp, CWinApp)
|
||||||
|
ON_COMMAND(ID_HELP, &CWinApp::OnHelp)
|
||||||
|
END_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// CTouchBoardApp 생성
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CTouchBoardApp::CTouchBoardApp()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// 다시 시작 관리자 지원
|
||||||
|
m_dwRestartManagerSupportFlags = AFX_RESTART_MANAGER_SUPPORT_RESTART;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// TODO: 여기에 생성 코드를 추가합니다.
|
||||||
|
// InitInstance에 모든 중요한 초기화 작업을 배치합니다.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// 유일한 CTouchBoardApp 개체입니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CTouchBoardApp theApp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// CTouchBoardApp 초기화
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ULONG ProcIDFromWnd(HWND hwnd)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ULONG idProc;
|
||||||
|
GetWindowThreadProcessId( hwnd, &idProc );
|
||||||
|
return idProc;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
HWND GetWinHandle(ULONG pid)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
HWND tempHwnd = ::FindWindow(NULL,NULL); // 최상위 윈도우 핸들 찾기
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while( tempHwnd != NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if( ::GetParent(tempHwnd) == NULL )
|
||||||
|
if( pid == ProcIDFromWnd(tempHwnd) )
|
||||||
|
return tempHwnd;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
tempHwnd = ::GetWindow(tempHwnd, GW_HWNDNEXT);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <psapi.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void PrintProcessNameAndID(DWORD processID, CString& strPath)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
TCHAR szProcessName[MAX_PATH] = TEXT("<unknown>");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Get a handle to the process.
|
||||||
|
HANDLE hProcess = OpenProcess( PROCESS_QUERY_INFORMATION |
|
||||||
|
PROCESS_VM_READ,
|
||||||
|
FALSE, processID );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Get the process name.
|
||||||
|
if (NULL != hProcess )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
HMODULE hMod;
|
||||||
|
DWORD cbNeeded;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( EnumProcessModules( hProcess, &hMod, sizeof(hMod),
|
||||||
|
&cbNeeded) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
GetModuleFileNameEx( hProcess, hMod, szProcessName, sizeof(szProcessName)/sizeof(TCHAR));
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Print the process name and identifier.
|
||||||
|
strPath = szProcessName;
|
||||||
|
// Release the handle to the process.
|
||||||
|
CloseHandle( hProcess );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BOOL EnumProcessAndFocus(CString processPath)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
DWORD aProcesses[1024], cbNeeded, cProcesses;
|
||||||
|
unsigned int i;
|
||||||
|
BOOL bFound = false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( !EnumProcesses( aProcesses, sizeof(aProcesses), &cbNeeded ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Calculate how many process identifiers were returned.
|
||||||
|
cProcesses = cbNeeded / sizeof(DWORD);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Print the name and process identifier for each process.
|
||||||
|
for ( i = 0; i < cProcesses; i++ )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if( aProcesses[i] != 0 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CString strPath;
|
||||||
|
PrintProcessNameAndID( aProcesses[i], strPath );
|
||||||
|
if(strPath.Find(processPath) >= 0) {
|
||||||
|
HWND hwnd = GetWinHandle(aProcesses[i]);
|
||||||
|
::BringWindowToTop(hwnd);
|
||||||
|
::SetForegroundWindow(hwnd);
|
||||||
|
::ShowWindow(hwnd, SW_SHOWDEFAULT);
|
||||||
|
bFound = true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return bFound;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BOOL CTouchBoardApp::InitInstance()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// 응용 프로그램 매니페스트가 ComCtl32.dll 버전 6 이상을 사용하여 비주얼 스타일을
|
||||||
|
// 사용하도록 지정하는 경우, Windows XP 상에서 반드시 InitCommonControlsEx()가 필요합니다.
|
||||||
|
// InitCommonControlsEx()를 사용하지 않으면 창을 만들 수 없습니다.
|
||||||
|
INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX InitCtrls;
|
||||||
|
InitCtrls.dwSize = sizeof(InitCtrls);
|
||||||
|
// 응용 프로그램에서 사용할 모든 공용 컨트롤 클래스를 포함하도록
|
||||||
|
// 이 항목을 설정하십시오.
|
||||||
|
InitCtrls.dwICC = ICC_WIN95_CLASSES;
|
||||||
|
InitCommonControlsEx(&InitCtrls);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CWinApp::InitInstance();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (!AfxSocketInit())
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
AfxMessageBox(IDP_SOCKETS_INIT_FAILED);
|
||||||
|
return FALSE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* 중복 실행 방지 - added by ritoseo */
|
||||||
|
HANDLE hEvent;
|
||||||
|
hEvent = CreateEvent(NULL, FALSE, TRUE, AfxGetAppName());
|
||||||
|
if ( GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
EnumProcessAndFocus(L"TouchBoard.exe");
|
||||||
|
return FALSE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AfxEnableControlContainer();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// 대화 상자에 셸 트리 뷰 또는
|
||||||
|
// 셸 목록 뷰 컨트롤이 포함되어 있는 경우 셸 관리자를 만듭니다.
|
||||||
|
CShellManager *pShellManager = new CShellManager;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// MFC 컨트롤의 테마를 사용하기 위해 "Windows 원형" 비주얼 관리자 활성화
|
||||||
|
CMFCVisualManager::SetDefaultManager(RUNTIME_CLASS(CMFCVisualManagerWindows));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// 표준 초기화
|
||||||
|
// 이들 기능을 사용하지 않고 최종 실행 파일의 크기를 줄이려면
|
||||||
|
// 아래에서 필요 없는 특정 초기화
|
||||||
|
// 루틴을 제거해야 합니다.
|
||||||
|
// 해당 설정이 저장된 레지스트리 키를 변경하십시오.
|
||||||
|
// TODO: 이 문자열을 회사 또는 조직의 이름과 같은
|
||||||
|
// 적절한 내용으로 수정해야 합니다.
|
||||||
|
SetRegistryKey(_T("로컬 응용 프로그램 마법사에서 생성된 응용 프로그램"));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CTouchBoardDlg dlg;
|
||||||
|
m_pMainWnd = &dlg;
|
||||||
|
INT_PTR nResponse = dlg.DoModal();
|
||||||
|
if (nResponse == IDOK)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: 여기에 [확인]을 클릭하여 대화 상자가 없어질 때 처리할
|
||||||
|
// 코드를 배치합니다.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else if (nResponse == IDCANCEL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: 여기에 [취소]를 클릭하여 대화 상자가 없어질 때 처리할
|
||||||
|
// 코드를 배치합니다.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else if (nResponse == -1)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
TRACE(traceAppMsg, 0, "경고: 대화 상자를 만들지 못했으므로 응용 프로그램이 예기치 않게 종료됩니다.\n");
|
||||||
|
TRACE(traceAppMsg, 0, "경고: 대화 상자에서 MFC 컨트롤을 사용하는 경우 #define _AFX_NO_MFC_CONTROLS_IN_DIALOGS를 수행할 수 없습니다.\n");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// 위에서 만든 셸 관리자를 삭제합니다.
|
||||||
|
if (pShellManager != NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
delete pShellManager;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// 대화 상자가 닫혔으므로 응용 프로그램의 메시지 펌프를 시작하지 않고 응용 프로그램을 끝낼 수 있도록 FALSE를
|
||||||
|
// 반환합니다.
|
||||||
|
return FALSE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
32
TouchBoard.h
Normal file
32
TouchBoard.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// TouchBoard.h : PROJECT_NAME 응용 프로그램에 대한 주 헤더 파일입니다.
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#pragma once
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __AFXWIN_H__
|
||||||
|
#error "PCH에 대해 이 파일을 포함하기 전에 'stdafx.h'를 포함합니다."
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "resource.h" // 주 기호입니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// CTouchBoardApp:
|
||||||
|
// 이 클래스의 구현에 대해서는 TouchBoard.cpp을 참조하십시오.
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CTouchBoardApp : public CWinApp
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CTouchBoardApp();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// 재정의입니다.
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
virtual BOOL InitInstance();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// 구현입니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DECLARE_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern CTouchBoardApp theApp;
|
||||||
BIN
TouchBoard.rc
Normal file
BIN
TouchBoard.rc
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
3128
TouchBoardDlg.cpp
Normal file
3128
TouchBoardDlg.cpp
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
303
TouchBoardDlg.h
Normal file
303
TouchBoardDlg.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// TouchBoardDlg.h : 헤더 파일
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#pragma once
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "TouchSetupDlg.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "TouchButton.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "LogEdit.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "afxwin.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "ColorButton.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "RoundButton2.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "RoundButtonStyle.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#undef PSAPI_VERSION
|
||||||
|
#define PSAPI_VERSION 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <Psapi.h>
|
||||||
|
#pragma comment(lib, "psapi.lib")
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define USE_ROUND_BUTTON2 1
|
||||||
|
//#define USE_DO_PACKET_DUMP 1
|
||||||
|
//#define USE_PACKET_DUMP_FILE 1
|
||||||
|
//#define USE_DUMMY_DATA_FOR_UI 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_SETTING_FILE "tbd.ini"
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_CLIENT_DEFAULT_PORT 17080
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_RECV_BUFSIZE (1024 * 512)
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_SEND_BUFSIZE (1024 * 512)
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_STANDARD_WIDTH 1280
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_STANDARD_HEIGHT 1024
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if TBD_BUTTON_UI_STYLE == 2
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_WIDTH 152
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_HEIGHT 45
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_ICON_WIDTH 30
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_ICON_HEIGHT 45
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_WIDTH 152
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_HEIGHT 45
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_ICON_WIDTH 30
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_ICON_HEIGHT 45
|
||||||
|
//#define TBD_BTN_HEIGHT 60
|
||||||
|
//#define TBD_BTN_ICON_WIDTH 15
|
||||||
|
//#define TBD_BTN_ICON_HEIGHT 15
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if TBD_BUTTON_UI_STYLE == 2
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_SUB_MARGIN_X 6
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_SUB_MARGIN_Y 6
|
||||||
|
#if USE_ROUND_BUTTON2
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_GROUP_START_X 206
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_GROUP_START_X 235
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_GROUP_START_Y 95
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_SUB_START_X 210
|
||||||
|
#if USE_ROUND_BUTTON2
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_SUB_START_Y 230
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_SUB_START_Y 220
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_SUB_COLUMN_SIZE 5
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_GROUP_MARGIN_Y 12
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_SUB_MARGIN_X 8
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_SUB_MARGIN_Y 8
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_GROUP_START_X 240
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_GROUP_START_Y 110
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_SUB_START_X 210
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_SUB_START_Y 260
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_SUB_COLUMN_SIZE 5
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_GROUP_MARGIN_Y 20
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_GROUP_LINE_BASE_COLOR RGB(150, 150, 150)
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BTN_GROUP_LINE_CHECK_COLOR RGB(200, 0, 0)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//#define ACT_BTN_REGION_BACK_COLOR RGB(0, 50, 150)
|
||||||
|
//#define ACT_BTN_REGION_BACK_COLOR RGB(20, 40, 65)
|
||||||
|
#define ACT_BTN_REGION_BACK_COLOR RGB(58, 58, 67)
|
||||||
|
#define STATUS_BTN_GOOD_BACK_COLOR RGB(57, 119, 206)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define TOPBAR_BACK_COLOR RGB(58, 58, 67)
|
||||||
|
#define GLOBAL_BACK_COLOR RGB(232, 242, 247)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_MAX_STATION_COUNT 1000
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_MAX_GROUP_COUNT 30
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_SERVER_COMMAND_STATION_INFORM 10000
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_SERVER_COMMAND_STATION_NOTIFY 10001
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_SERVER_COMMAND_CAST_STATUS 10002
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_SERVER_COMMAND_DEVICE_STATUS 10003
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_REQUEST_CAST_TYPE_ALL 100
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_REQUEST_CAST_TYPE_FIRE 101
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_REQUEST_CAST_TYPE_RESQUE 102
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_REQUEST_CAST_TYPE_EMERGENCY 103
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_REQUEST_CAST_TYPE_GENERAL 104
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_REQUEST_CAST_TYPE_WHOLE 105
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_TIMER_EVENT_SOCKET 1000
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct _tMonitor
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int nWidth; // Width
|
||||||
|
int nHeight; // Height
|
||||||
|
int nWidthVirtual; // Width Virtual
|
||||||
|
int nHeightVirtual; // Height Virtual
|
||||||
|
int nBitPerPixel; // BitPerPixel
|
||||||
|
int nRefresh; // Refresh
|
||||||
|
int nMonitor; // Monitors
|
||||||
|
int nMegaPixel; // MegaPixel
|
||||||
|
BOOL bSameDisplayFormat; // SameDisplayFormat
|
||||||
|
RECT rcVirtual;
|
||||||
|
CArray< MONITORINFOEX, MONITORINFOEX > aryMonitors;
|
||||||
|
} TMONITOR;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CStationInfo
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
int mGroupIdx;
|
||||||
|
int mSubGroupId;
|
||||||
|
int mWardId; // 서ID
|
||||||
|
int mUpWardId; // 상위 스테이션 ID
|
||||||
|
int mStationId; // 스테이션 ID
|
||||||
|
int mLevel;
|
||||||
|
int mSubCount; // 하위 스테이션 개수
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int mCallerNo; // 연결중인 접수대 번호
|
||||||
|
int mCallerCviNo; // 연결중인 CT CVI 번호
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int mNickIndex; // 터치 그룹 정렬 인덱스
|
||||||
|
boolean mIsHeader;
|
||||||
|
CString mNickName;
|
||||||
|
CString mIpAddr;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int mBtnPosX;
|
||||||
|
int mBtnPosY;
|
||||||
|
int mBtnGroupRow; // added by ritoseo - 2022-02-03
|
||||||
|
int mBtnShiftRow; // added by ritoseo - 2022-02-03
|
||||||
|
boolean mGrouping;
|
||||||
|
RECT mGroupBox;
|
||||||
|
CTouchButton* m_pButton;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// CTouchBoardDlg 대화 상자
|
||||||
|
class CTouchBoardDlg : public CDialogEx
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// 생성입니다.
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CTouchBoardDlg(CWnd* pParent = NULL); // 표준 생성자입니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// 대화 상자 데이터입니다.
|
||||||
|
enum { IDD = IDD_TOUCHBOARD_DIALOG };
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
virtual void DoDataExchange(CDataExchange* pDX); // DDX/DDV 지원입니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// 구현입니다.
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
HICON m_hIcon;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CString m_strServerAddr;
|
||||||
|
CString m_strESAddr;
|
||||||
|
CString m_strPSAddr;
|
||||||
|
SOCKET m_sock;
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_port;
|
||||||
|
TMONITOR m_infoMonitor;
|
||||||
|
CString m_strDeviceName;
|
||||||
|
CString m_strCviNo;
|
||||||
|
CString m_strWardId;
|
||||||
|
CMutex m_infoMutex;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
char m_sendBuffer[TBD_SEND_BUFSIZE];
|
||||||
|
char m_recvBuffer[TBD_RECV_BUFSIZE];
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_sendSize;
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_recvSize;
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_iRequestWaitFlag;
|
||||||
|
BOOL m_bIsActive;
|
||||||
|
CMutex m_sockMutex;
|
||||||
|
CWinThread *m_pReceiveThread;
|
||||||
|
CWinThread *m_pPingThread;
|
||||||
|
CTouchSetupDlg m_setupDlg;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CxImage m_ciSymbol;
|
||||||
|
CxImage m_ciBackground;
|
||||||
|
CDC* m_pMemDC;
|
||||||
|
CBitmap* m_pDCBitmap;
|
||||||
|
CPen* m_pDidLinePen;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_iSelectGroup;
|
||||||
|
CStationInfo *m_pStationList[TBD_MAX_STATION_COUNT];
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_stationCount;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_iGroupBtnCount;
|
||||||
|
CTouchButton *m_pGroupBtn[TBD_MAX_GROUP_COUNT];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_iScreenWidth;
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_iScreenHeight;
|
||||||
|
BOOL m_bIsFullHD;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// 생성된 메시지 맵 함수
|
||||||
|
virtual BOOL OnInitDialog();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnSysCommand(UINT nID, LPARAM lParam);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnPaint();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg HCURSOR OnQueryDragIcon();
|
||||||
|
DECLARE_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void WideToMultiByte(const wchar_t *src, char* dest);
|
||||||
|
void MultiByteToWide(const char* src, wchar_t *dest, int buffersize);
|
||||||
|
in_addr* atoaddr(char *address);
|
||||||
|
SOCKET ConnectRequest(char *pAddress, int port);
|
||||||
|
INT32 SocketSend(char *sendData, int datasize);
|
||||||
|
INT32 PacketDizest(char *pBuffer);
|
||||||
|
int GetMonitorInformation(void);
|
||||||
|
void UpdateSettingToVariable();
|
||||||
|
void UpdateSubGroupList();
|
||||||
|
void UpdateTouchButtonList();
|
||||||
|
void CalcButtonPositioning();
|
||||||
|
void RequestCastOrder(INT32 iCastType);
|
||||||
|
ULONG ProcIDFromWnd(HWND hwnd);
|
||||||
|
HWND GetWinHandle(ULONG pid);
|
||||||
|
void PrintProcessNameAndID(DWORD processID, CString& strPath);
|
||||||
|
BOOL EnumProcessAndFocus(CString processPath);
|
||||||
|
void MoveWindowDirection(CWnd *pWnd, INT32 xpos, INT32 ypos);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static UINT SocketReceiveThread(LPVOID aParam);
|
||||||
|
static UINT SocketConnectionThread(LPVOID aParam);
|
||||||
|
static UINT PingCheckThread(LPVOID aParam);
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CFont m_titleFont;
|
||||||
|
CFont m_topFont;
|
||||||
|
CFont m_castFont;
|
||||||
|
CFont m_btnFont;
|
||||||
|
CFont m_btnSmallFont;
|
||||||
|
CFont m_logFont;
|
||||||
|
CFont m_btnUnderFont;
|
||||||
|
CLogEdit m_logEdit;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if USE_ROUND_BUTTON2
|
||||||
|
CRoundButtonStyle m_tButtonStyle;
|
||||||
|
CRoundButtonStyle m_tTopStyle[5];
|
||||||
|
CRoundButtonStyle m_tActStyle[8];
|
||||||
|
CRoundButton2 *m_pTopButton[5];
|
||||||
|
CRoundButton2 *m_pActButton[8];
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
CColorButton *m_pTopButton[5];
|
||||||
|
CColorButton *m_pActButton[8];
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
CColorButton *m_pStatusButton[3];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CString getStrWardId() {
|
||||||
|
CString strResult;
|
||||||
|
m_infoMutex.Lock();
|
||||||
|
strResult = m_strWardId;
|
||||||
|
m_infoMutex.Unlock();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return strResult;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CString getStrDeviceName() {
|
||||||
|
CString strResult;
|
||||||
|
m_infoMutex.Lock();
|
||||||
|
strResult = m_strDeviceName;
|
||||||
|
m_infoMutex.Unlock();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return strResult;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
INT32 SocketSendExceptionHandle(char *sendData, int datasize);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonSetup();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnDestroy();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg LRESULT OnTbdSetupSave(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg LRESULT OnTbdUpdateLevel2(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg LRESULT OnTbdLevel2Push(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg LRESULT OnTbdLogUpdate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg LRESULT OnTbdSubGrouping(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg BOOL OnEraseBkgnd(CDC* pDC);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonCastAll();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonCastFire();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonCastRescue();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonCastEmergency();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonCastNormal();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonRestore();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonWireless();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonCall();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnClose();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonCastWhole();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnTimer(UINT_PTR nIDEvent);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonMicvolMinus();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonMicvolPlus();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonSpkvolMinus();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonSpkvolPlus();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg HBRUSH OnCtlColor(CDC* pDC, CWnd* pWnd, UINT nCtlColor);
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
433
TouchButton.cpp
Normal file
433
TouchButton.cpp
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
|
|||||||
|
// TouchButton.cpp : implementation file
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "stdafx.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "TouchBoard.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "TouchBoardDlg.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "TouchButton.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
const static int TBD_BTN_TYPE = 1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// CTouchButton
|
||||||
|
extern CTouchBoardDlg *g_pMainDlg;
|
||||||
|
CxImage CTouchButton::m_ciStatus[MAX_STATUS_COUNT];
|
||||||
|
CxImage CTouchButton::m_ciCheck;
|
||||||
|
BOOL CTouchButton::m_bGlobalInit = false;
|
||||||
|
INT32 CTouchButton::m_iLongPressMode = TOUCH_BTN_LONG_PRESS_MODE_PRESSING;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC(CTouchButton, CWnd)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CTouchButton::CTouchButton()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC = NULL;
|
||||||
|
m_pDCBitmap = NULL;
|
||||||
|
m_pDidLinePen = NULL;
|
||||||
|
m_pFillBrush = NULL;
|
||||||
|
m_pFont = NULL;
|
||||||
|
m_pFontSub = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_buttonUiStyle = 2; // 1 : 4개 아이콘 동시 표시 지원 스타일, 2 : 아이콘 1개씩 표시 가능 스타일
|
||||||
|
m_iUnderNumber = -1;
|
||||||
|
m_bPressable = true;
|
||||||
|
m_bPressed = false;
|
||||||
|
m_bChecked = false;
|
||||||
|
m_bCreated = false;
|
||||||
|
m_bVisible = true;
|
||||||
|
m_uiPressMessage = 0;
|
||||||
|
m_iBtnType = TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_LEVEL4;
|
||||||
|
m_iBtnFlag = TOUCH_BTN_FLAG_STATE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_strName = L"세영119안전센터";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for(int i = 0;i < MAX_STATUS_COUNT;i++)
|
||||||
|
m_bStatus[i] = false;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CTouchButton::~CTouchButton()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BEGIN_MESSAGE_MAP(CTouchButton, CWnd)
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_PAINT()
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_LBUTTONDOWN()
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_LBUTTONUP()
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_TIMER()
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_ERASEBKGND()
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK()
|
||||||
|
ON_WM_RBUTTONDOWN()
|
||||||
|
END_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// CTouchButton message handlers
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchButton::OnPaint()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CPaintDC dc(this); // device context for painting
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your message handler code here
|
||||||
|
// Do not call CWnd::OnPaint() for painting messages
|
||||||
|
CBitmap *pOldBitmap;
|
||||||
|
CPen *pOldPen;
|
||||||
|
bool isOnAir = false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_pMemDC == NULL) {
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC = new CDC();
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC->CreateCompatibleDC(&dc);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_pDCBitmap == NULL) {
|
||||||
|
m_pDCBitmap = new CBitmap();
|
||||||
|
m_pDCBitmap->CreateCompatibleBitmap(&dc, m_width, m_height);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_pDidLinePen == NULL) {
|
||||||
|
m_pDidLinePen = new CPen();
|
||||||
|
m_pDidLinePen->CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, TOUCH_BTN_LINE_COLOR);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_pFillBrush == NULL) {
|
||||||
|
m_pFillBrush = new CBrush();
|
||||||
|
m_pFillBrush->CreateSolidBrush(RGB(0, 200, 200));
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pOldBitmap = m_pMemDC->SelectObject(m_pDCBitmap);
|
||||||
|
pOldPen = m_pMemDC->SelectObject(m_pDidLinePen);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_iBtnType != TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_GROUP) {
|
||||||
|
if(m_iUnderNumber >= 0)
|
||||||
|
isOnAir = true;
|
||||||
|
for(INT32 i = 0;i < MAX_STATUS_COUNT;i++) {
|
||||||
|
if(m_bStatus[i]) {
|
||||||
|
isOnAir = true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(isEnableButton()) {
|
||||||
|
if(m_bPressed) {
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC->FillSolidRect(0, 0, m_width, m_height, TOUCH_BTN_PRESS_COLOR);
|
||||||
|
} else if(isOnAir) {
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC->FillSolidRect(0, 0, m_width, m_height, TOUCH_BTN_ONAIR_COLOR);
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC->FillSolidRect(0, 0, m_width, m_height / 2, TOUCH_BTN_GENERAL_COLOR_UP);
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC->FillSolidRect(0, m_height / 2, m_width, m_height / 2, TOUCH_BTN_GENERAL_COLOR_DOWN);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
if(m_iBtnType == TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_GROUP) {
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC->FillSolidRect(0, 0, m_width, m_height, TOUCH_BTN_GROUP_COLOR_DISABLE);
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC->FillSolidRect(0, 0, m_width, m_height, TOUCH_BTN_GENERAL_COLOR_DISABLE);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC->SetBkMode( TRANSPARENT );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_iBtnType == TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_LEVEL2 || m_iBtnType == TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_LEVEL3 || m_iBtnType == TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_LEVEL4) {
|
||||||
|
if(m_buttonUiStyle == 1) {
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC->FillSolidRect(0, 0, m_ciStatus[0].GetWidth() * 2, m_ciStatus[0].GetHeight() * 4, TOUCH_BTN_CHECK_BG_COLOR);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_bStatus[0])
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[0].Draw2(m_pMemDC->GetSafeHdc(), 0, 0);
|
||||||
|
if(m_bStatus[1])
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[1].Draw2(m_pMemDC->GetSafeHdc(), m_ciStatus[0].GetWidth(), 0);
|
||||||
|
if(m_bStatus[2])
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[2].Draw2(m_pMemDC->GetSafeHdc(), 0, m_ciStatus[0].GetHeight());
|
||||||
|
if(m_bStatus[3])
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[3].Draw(m_pMemDC->GetSafeHdc(), m_ciStatus[1].GetWidth(), m_ciStatus[1].GetHeight());
|
||||||
|
} else if(m_buttonUiStyle == 2) {
|
||||||
|
//TRACE("BTN WIDTH : %d, HEIGHT : %d\n", m_ciStatus[0].GetWidth(), m_ciStatus[0].GetHeight());
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC->FillSolidRect(0, 0, m_ciStatus[0].GetWidth(), m_ciStatus[0].GetHeight() * 2, TOUCH_BTN_CHECK_BG_COLOR);
|
||||||
|
for(INT32 i = 0;i < MAX_STATUS_COUNT;i++) {
|
||||||
|
if(m_bStatus[i]) {
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[i].Draw2(m_pMemDC->GetSafeHdc(), 0, (m_height - m_ciStatus[0].GetHeight()) / 4);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_bChecked) {
|
||||||
|
//m_pMemDC->FillSolidRect(0 + 4, m_ciStatus[0].GetHeight() * 2 + 4, m_ciStatus[0].GetWidth() * 2 - 8, m_ciStatus[0].GetHeight() * 2 - 8, TOUCH_BTN_PRESS_COLOR);
|
||||||
|
m_ciCheck.Draw(m_pMemDC->GetSafeHdc(), 3, m_ciStatus[1].GetHeight() * 2 + 3);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
RECT rt;
|
||||||
|
COLORREF crOldColor = SetTextColor(m_pMemDC->GetSafeHdc(), RGB(0, 0, 0));
|
||||||
|
CFont *pOldFont = m_pMemDC->SelectObject(m_pFont);
|
||||||
|
GetClientRect(&rt);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(isEnableButton()) {
|
||||||
|
if (m_bPressed) {
|
||||||
|
SetTextColor(m_pMemDC->GetSafeHdc(), TOUCH_BTN_PRESS_FONT_COLOR);
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
SetTextColor(m_pMemDC->GetSafeHdc(), TOUCH_BTN_GENERAL_FONT_COLOR);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
if(m_iBtnType == TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_GROUP) {
|
||||||
|
//SetTextColor(m_pMemDC->GetSafeHdc(), RGB(100, 100, 100));
|
||||||
|
SetTextColor(m_pMemDC->GetSafeHdc(), TOUCH_BTN_GENERAL_FONT_COLOR);
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
SetTextColor(m_pMemDC->GetSafeHdc(), RGB(220, 220, 220));
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_iBtnType == TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_LEVEL2 || m_iBtnType == TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_LEVEL3 || m_iBtnType == TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_LEVEL4) {
|
||||||
|
rt.left = 30;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//rt.top = rt.bottom - 40;
|
||||||
|
::DrawText(m_pMemDC->GetSafeHdc(), m_strName, m_strName.GetLength(), &rt, DT_SINGLELINE|DT_CENTER|DT_VCENTER);
|
||||||
|
::SetTextColor(m_pMemDC->GetSafeHdc(), crOldColor);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_iUnderNumber >= 0) {
|
||||||
|
TCHAR strUnder[64];
|
||||||
|
RECT rtFill;
|
||||||
|
GetClientRect(&rt);
|
||||||
|
GetClientRect(&rtFill);
|
||||||
|
if(m_buttonUiStyle == 1) {
|
||||||
|
rt.top = 30;
|
||||||
|
rt.right = 30;
|
||||||
|
rtFill.top = 32;
|
||||||
|
rtFill.right = 30;
|
||||||
|
} else if(m_buttonUiStyle == 2) {
|
||||||
|
rt.right = 30;
|
||||||
|
rtFill.right = 30;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_iUnderNumber > 0) {
|
||||||
|
wsprintf(strUnder, L"%d", m_iUnderNumber);
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
wsprintf(strUnder, L"서");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC->SelectObject(m_pFontSub);
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC->FillRect(&rtFill, m_pFillBrush);
|
||||||
|
::DrawText(m_pMemDC->GetSafeHdc(), strUnder, lstrlen(strUnder), &rt, DT_SINGLELINE|DT_CENTER|DT_VCENTER);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC->SelectObject(pOldPen);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dc.BitBlt(0, 0, m_width, m_height, m_pMemDC, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC->SelectObject(pOldBitmap);
|
||||||
|
m_pMemDC->SelectObject(pOldFont);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BOOL CTouchButton::isEnableButton()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
BOOL bResult = TRUE;
|
||||||
|
if(m_iBtnType == TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_GROUP) {
|
||||||
|
if(m_bPressed) {
|
||||||
|
bResult = TRUE;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
bResult = FALSE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
if(!m_bEnabled) {
|
||||||
|
bResult = FALSE;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
bResult = TRUE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return bResult;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchButton::initialize(int x, int y, int total_width, int total_height, int ico_width, int ico_height, int id, CWnd *pParent)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_btnId = id;
|
||||||
|
m_width = total_width;
|
||||||
|
m_height = total_height;
|
||||||
|
RECT size;
|
||||||
|
size.left = x;
|
||||||
|
size.top = y;
|
||||||
|
size.right = x + m_width;
|
||||||
|
size.bottom = y + m_height;
|
||||||
|
//Create(L"TB", L"TB", WS_CHILD, size, pParent, id);
|
||||||
|
DWORD dwStyle = WS_CHILD | WS_BORDER;
|
||||||
|
if(m_bVisible)
|
||||||
|
dwStyle |= WS_VISIBLE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_bCreated) {
|
||||||
|
DestroyWindow();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BOOL ret = Create(NULL, NULL, dwStyle, size, pParent, m_btnId);
|
||||||
|
if(ret != TRUE) {
|
||||||
|
TRACE("FAIL CREATE BUTTON!\n");
|
||||||
|
MessageBox(L"버튼 생성에 실패했습니다", L"오류");
|
||||||
|
PostMessage(WM_CLOSE);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_bCreated = TRUE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(!m_bGlobalInit)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
for(INT32 i = 0;i < MAX_STATUS_COUNT;i++) {
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[i].Create(TBD_BTN_ICON_WIDTH, TBD_BTN_ICON_HEIGHT, 32);
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[i].Clear();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
RGBQUAD color;
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[0].FloodFill(0, 0, RGB_QUAD_RED);
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[1].FloodFill(0, 0, RGB_QUAD_GREEN);
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[2].FloodFill(0, 0, RGB_QUAD_BLUE);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
RGB2RGBQURD(RGB(0, 255, 255), color);
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[3].FloodFill(0, 0, color);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
RGB2RGBQURD(RGB(10, 10, 255), color);
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[4].FloodFill(0, 0, color);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
HINSTANCE hInst = AfxGetInstanceHandle();
|
||||||
|
HRSRC res = FindResource(hInst, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDB_PNG_CHECK), L"PNG");
|
||||||
|
m_ciCheck.LoadResource(res, CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PNG, hInst);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
res = FindResource(hInst, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDB_PNG_ICON_FIRE), L"PNG");
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[0].LoadResource(res, CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PNG, hInst);
|
||||||
|
res = FindResource(hInst, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDB_PNG_ICON_RESCUE), L"PNG");
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[1].LoadResource(res, CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PNG, hInst);
|
||||||
|
res = FindResource(hInst, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDB_PNG_ICON_EMERGENCY), L"PNG");
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[2].LoadResource(res, CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PNG, hInst);
|
||||||
|
res = FindResource(hInst, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDB_PNG_ICON_MIC), L"PNG");
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[3].LoadResource(res, CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PNG, hInst);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for(INT32 i = 0;i < 4;i++) {
|
||||||
|
BOOL res = m_ciStatus[i].Resample(TBD_BTN_ICON_WIDTH, TBD_BTN_ICON_HEIGHT, 0, 0);
|
||||||
|
if(!res) {
|
||||||
|
TRACE("RESIZING FAILED...\n");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_bGlobalInit = true;
|
||||||
|
m_iLongPressMode = TOUCH_BTN_LONG_PRESS_MODE_PRESSING;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(!m_bVisible)
|
||||||
|
ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
|
||||||
|
#if 0
|
||||||
|
for(int i = 0;i < MAX_STATUS_COUNT;i++) {
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[i].AlphaCreate();
|
||||||
|
m_ciStatus[i].AlphaSet(100);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchButton::OnLButtonDown(UINT nFlags, CPoint point)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your message handler code here and/or call default
|
||||||
|
if(m_iBtnType == TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_GROUP) {
|
||||||
|
if(m_uiPressMessage) {
|
||||||
|
AfxGetMainWnd()->PostMessageW(m_uiPressMessage, m_btnId, 0);
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
m_bPressed = true;
|
||||||
|
Invalidate(false);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
if(!m_bEnabled)
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_pressTime = GetTickCount64();
|
||||||
|
if(m_iBtnFlag & TOUCH_BTN_FLAG_CHECKABLE) {
|
||||||
|
SetTimer(1, 500, NULL);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CWnd::OnLButtonDown(nFlags, point);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchButton::OnLButtonUp(UINT nFlags, CPoint point)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your message handler code here and/or call default
|
||||||
|
UINT64 curTick = GetTickCount64();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_iBtnType == TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_GROUP) {
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
if(curTick - m_pressTime < 500) {
|
||||||
|
TRACE("CLICK\n");
|
||||||
|
SetPressState(~m_bPressed);
|
||||||
|
//m_bPressed = ~m_bPressed;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
TRACE("LONG CLICK\n");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_uiPressMessage) {
|
||||||
|
AfxGetMainWnd()->PostMessageW(m_uiPressMessage, m_btnId, 0);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
KillTimer(1);
|
||||||
|
m_pressTime = 0;
|
||||||
|
Invalidate(false);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CWnd::OnLButtonUp(nFlags, point);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchButton::OnTimer(UINT_PTR nIDEvent)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your message handler code here and/or call default
|
||||||
|
if(nIDEvent == 1)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if(m_pressTime > 0) {
|
||||||
|
if(m_iLongPressMode == TOUCH_BTN_LONG_PRESS_MODE_GROUPING)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_bChecked = ~m_bChecked;
|
||||||
|
Invalidate(false);
|
||||||
|
AfxGetMainWnd()->Invalidate(false);
|
||||||
|
} else if(m_iLongPressMode == TOUCH_BTN_LONG_PRESS_MODE_PRESSING) {
|
||||||
|
BOOL bNextPressed = ~m_bPressed;
|
||||||
|
AfxGetMainWnd()->PostMessageW(WM_TBD_SUB_GROUPING, m_btnId, bNextPressed);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
KillTimer(1);
|
||||||
|
CWnd::OnTimer(nIDEvent);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BOOL CTouchButton::OnEraseBkgnd(CDC* pDC)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your message handler code here and/or call default
|
||||||
|
//return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return CWnd::OnEraseBkgnd(pDC);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchButton::OnLButtonDblClk(UINT nFlags, CPoint point)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your message handler code here and/or call default
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CWnd::OnLButtonDblClk(nFlags, point);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchButton::OnRButtonDown(UINT nFlags, CPoint point)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your message handler code here and/or call default
|
||||||
|
if(m_iBtnType == TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_GROUP) {
|
||||||
|
m_bPressed = true;
|
||||||
|
if(m_uiPressMessage) {
|
||||||
|
AfxGetMainWnd()->PostMessageW(m_uiPressMessage, m_btnId, 0);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
Invalidate(false);
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
if(m_iBtnFlag & TOUCH_BTN_FLAG_CHECKABLE) {
|
||||||
|
if(m_iLongPressMode == TOUCH_BTN_LONG_PRESS_MODE_GROUPING)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_bChecked = ~m_bChecked;
|
||||||
|
Invalidate(false);
|
||||||
|
AfxGetMainWnd()->Invalidate(false);
|
||||||
|
} else if(m_iLongPressMode == TOUCH_BTN_LONG_PRESS_MODE_PRESSING) {
|
||||||
|
BOOL bNextPressed = ~m_bPressed;
|
||||||
|
AfxGetMainWnd()->PostMessageW(WM_TBD_SUB_GROUPING, m_btnId, bNextPressed);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CWnd::OnRButtonDown(nFlags, point);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
96
TouchButton.h
Normal file
96
TouchButton.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
|
|||||||
|
#pragma once
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define MAX_STATUS_COUNT 5
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_LINE_COLOR RGB(10, 10, 10)
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_LINE_COLOR_DISABLE RGB(103, 103, 103)
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_GENERAL_COLOR_UP RGB(233, 233, 233)
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_GENERAL_COLOR_DOWN RGB(223, 223, 223)
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_GROUP_COLOR_DISABLE RGB(245, 245, 245)
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_GENERAL_COLOR_DISABLE RGB(90, 90, 90)
|
||||||
|
//#define TOUCH_BTN_PRESS_COLOR RGB(130, 255, 130)
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_PRESS_COLOR RGB(57, 119, 206)
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_ONAIR_COLOR RGB(200, 200, 0)
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_CHECK_BG_COLOR RGB(254, 254, 254)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_PRESS_FONT_COLOR RGB(255, 255, 255)
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_GENERAL_FONT_COLOR RGB(0, 0, 0)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_GROUP 1
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_LEVEL2 2
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_LEVEL3 3
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_TYPE_LEVEL4 4
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_FLAG_STATE 0x0001
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_FLAG_CHECKABLE 0x0002
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_LONG_PRESS_MODE_GROUPING 1
|
||||||
|
#define TOUCH_BTN_LONG_PRESS_MODE_PRESSING 2
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// CTouchButton
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CTouchButton : public CWnd
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
DECLARE_DYNAMIC(CTouchButton)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
static CxImage m_ciStatus[MAX_STATUS_COUNT]; // 0 : FIRE, 1 : RESQUE, 2 : EMERGENCY, 3 : MIC, 4 : TOUCHED
|
||||||
|
static CxImage m_ciCheck;
|
||||||
|
static BOOL m_bGlobalInit;
|
||||||
|
static INT32 m_iLongPressMode;
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_width;
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_height;
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_buttonUiStyle;
|
||||||
|
CDC* m_pMemDC;
|
||||||
|
CBitmap* m_pDCBitmap;
|
||||||
|
CPen* m_pDidLinePen;
|
||||||
|
CBrush* m_pFillBrush;
|
||||||
|
CFont* m_pFont;
|
||||||
|
CFont* m_pFontSub;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BOOL m_bCreated;
|
||||||
|
BOOL m_bVisible;
|
||||||
|
UINT64 m_pressTime;
|
||||||
|
BOOL m_bPressed;
|
||||||
|
BOOL m_bEnabled;
|
||||||
|
BOOL m_bChecked;
|
||||||
|
CString m_strName;
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_btnId;
|
||||||
|
UINT m_uiPressMessage;
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_iBtnType;
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_iBtnFlag;
|
||||||
|
BOOL m_bPressable;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
INT32 m_iUnderNumber;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BOOL m_bStatus[MAX_STATUS_COUNT];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CTouchButton();
|
||||||
|
virtual ~CTouchButton();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void initialize(int x, int y, int total_width, int total_height, int ico_width, int ico_height, int id, CWnd *pParent = NULL);
|
||||||
|
void SetPressState(BOOL bPress) {
|
||||||
|
BOOL prevState = m_bPressed;
|
||||||
|
if(!m_bPressable)
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_bPressed = bPress;
|
||||||
|
if(m_bPressed != prevState)
|
||||||
|
Invalidate(false);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BOOL isEnableButton();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
DECLARE_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnPaint();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnLButtonDown(UINT nFlags, CPoint point);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnLButtonUp(UINT nFlags, CPoint point);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnTimer(UINT_PTR nIDEvent);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg BOOL OnEraseBkgnd(CDC* pDC);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnLButtonDblClk(UINT nFlags, CPoint point);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnRButtonDown(UINT nFlags, CPoint point);
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
360
TouchSetupDlg.cpp
Normal file
360
TouchSetupDlg.cpp
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
|
|||||||
|
// TouchSetupDlg.cpp : implementation file
|
||||||
|
//
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "stdafx.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "TouchBoard.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "TouchSetupDlg.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "TouchBoardDlg.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "afxdialogex.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// CTouchSetupDlg dialog
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern CTouchBoardDlg *g_pMainDlg;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC(CTouchSetupDlg, CDialogEx)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CTouchSetupDlg::CTouchSetupDlg(CWnd* pParent /*=NULL*/)
|
||||||
|
: CDialogEx(CTouchSetupDlg::IDD, pParent)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_bSendLineIn = FALSE;
|
||||||
|
ZeroMemory(m_ctAddr, sizeof(m_ctAddr));
|
||||||
|
ZeroMemory(m_esAddr, sizeof(m_esAddr));
|
||||||
|
ZeroMemory(m_psAddr, sizeof(m_psAddr));
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CTouchSetupDlg::~CTouchSetupDlg()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchSetupDlg::DoDataExchange(CDataExchange* pDX)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CDialogEx::DoDataExchange(pDX);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BEGIN_MESSAGE_MAP(CTouchSetupDlg, CDialogEx)
|
||||||
|
ON_BN_CLICKED(IDC_BUTTON_SELECT1, &CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedButtonSelect1)
|
||||||
|
ON_BN_CLICKED(IDC_BUTTON_SELECT2, &CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedButtonSelect2)
|
||||||
|
ON_BN_CLICKED(IDC_BUTTON_SAVE, &CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedButtonSave)
|
||||||
|
ON_BN_CLICKED(IDC_BUTTON_MICVOL_MINUS, &CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedButtonMicvolMinus)
|
||||||
|
ON_BN_CLICKED(IDC_BUTTON_MICVOL_PLUS, &CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedButtonMicvolPlus)
|
||||||
|
ON_BN_CLICKED(IDC_BUTTON_LINEVOL_MINUS, &CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedButtonLinevolMinus)
|
||||||
|
ON_BN_CLICKED(IDC_BUTTON_LINEVOL_PLUS, &CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedButtonLinevolPlus)
|
||||||
|
ON_BN_CLICKED(IDC_CHECK_LINESEND, &CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedCheckLinesend)
|
||||||
|
ON_BN_CLICKED(IDCANCEL, &CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedCancel)
|
||||||
|
END_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// CTouchSetupDlg message handlers
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedButtonSelect1()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your control notification handler code here
|
||||||
|
TCHAR szFilter[] = L"실행파일(*.exe)|*.exe|All Files(*.*)|*.*||";
|
||||||
|
CString strPathName;
|
||||||
|
CFileDialog dlg(TRUE, NULL, NULL, OFN_HIDEREADONLY, szFilter);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(IDOK == dlg.DoModal()) {
|
||||||
|
strPathName = dlg.GetPathName();
|
||||||
|
GetDlgItem(IDC_EDIT_WIRELESS_EXEC)->SetWindowTextW(strPathName);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
TRACE("pszPathname : %S", strPathName);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedButtonSelect2()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your control notification handler code here
|
||||||
|
TCHAR szFilter[] = L"실행파일(*.exe)|*.exe|All Files(*.*)|*.*||";
|
||||||
|
CString strPathName;
|
||||||
|
CFileDialog dlg(TRUE, NULL, NULL, OFN_HIDEREADONLY, szFilter);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(IDOK == dlg.DoModal()) {
|
||||||
|
strPathName = dlg.GetPathName();
|
||||||
|
GetDlgItem(IDC_EDIT_CALL_EXEC)->SetWindowTextW(strPathName);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchSetupDlg::LoadSettings()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
TCHAR strPath[512] = {0, };
|
||||||
|
CString strFilePath;
|
||||||
|
HRESULT hr = SHGetFolderPath(0, CSIDL_LOCAL_APPDATA, 0, 0, strPath);
|
||||||
|
FILE *fp = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
strFilePath = strPath;
|
||||||
|
strFilePath += L"\\touch_setting.txt";
|
||||||
|
m_bSendTTS = FALSE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
_wfopen_s(&fp, strFilePath, L"rt");
|
||||||
|
if(fp)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
char strLine[128 * 1024];
|
||||||
|
char strData[128 * 1024];
|
||||||
|
char *pResult;
|
||||||
|
int isChecked;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while(!feof(fp))
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ZeroMemory(strLine, sizeof(strLine));
|
||||||
|
pResult = fgets(strLine, sizeof(strLine), fp);
|
||||||
|
if(!pResult)
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ZeroMemory(strData, sizeof(strData));
|
||||||
|
if (strncmp(strLine, "CT_ADDRESS=", strlen("CT_ADDRESS=")) == 0) {
|
||||||
|
INT32 value[4];
|
||||||
|
sscanf_s(strLine, "CT_ADDRESS=%d.%d.%d.%d", &value[0], &value[1], &value[2], &value[3]);
|
||||||
|
for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
|
||||||
|
m_ctAddr[i] = value[i];
|
||||||
|
//swscanf_s(strLine, L"CT_ADDRESS=%d.%d.%d.%d", &m_ctAddr[0], &m_ctAddr[1], &m_ctAddr[2], &m_ctAddr[3]);
|
||||||
|
} else if (strncmp(strLine, "ES_ADDRESS=", strlen("ES_ADDRESS=")) == 0) {
|
||||||
|
INT32 value[4];
|
||||||
|
sscanf_s(strLine, "ES_ADDRESS=%d.%d.%d.%d", &value[0], &value[1], &value[2], &value[3]);
|
||||||
|
for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
|
||||||
|
m_esAddr[i] = value[i];
|
||||||
|
} else if (strncmp(strLine, "PS_ADDRESS=", strlen("PS_ADDRESS=")) == 0) {
|
||||||
|
INT32 value[4];
|
||||||
|
sscanf_s(strLine, "PS_ADDRESS=%d.%d.%d.%d", &value[0], &value[1], &value[2], &value[3]);
|
||||||
|
for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
|
||||||
|
m_psAddr[i] = value[i];
|
||||||
|
} else if(strncmp(strLine, "WIRELESS_PATH=", strlen("WIRELESS_PATH=")) == 0) {
|
||||||
|
sscanf_s(strLine, "WIRELESS_PATH=%[^\r\n]", strData, _countof(strData));
|
||||||
|
m_strWirelessPath = strData;
|
||||||
|
} else if(strncmp(strLine, "CALL_PATH=", strlen("CALL_PATH=")) == 0) {
|
||||||
|
sscanf_s(strLine, "CALL_PATH=%[^\r\n]", strData, _countof(strData));
|
||||||
|
m_strCallPath = strData;
|
||||||
|
} else if(strncmp(strLine, "SEND_TTS_MSG=", strlen("SEND_TTS_MSG=")) == 0) {
|
||||||
|
sscanf_s(strLine, "SEND_TTS_MSG=%[^\r\n]", strData, _countof(strData));
|
||||||
|
if(atoi(strData) == 1) {
|
||||||
|
//m_bSendTTS = TRUE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
} else if(strncmp(strLine, "TTS_MSG=", strlen("TTS_MSG=")) == 0) {
|
||||||
|
UTF8_CONVERSION_EX;
|
||||||
|
sscanf_s(strLine, "TTS_MSG=%[^\r\n]", strData, _countof(strData));
|
||||||
|
m_strTTSMessage = UTF82W_EX((char *)strData);
|
||||||
|
m_strTTSMessage.Replace(L"|", L"\r\n");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
fclose(fp);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TRACE(L"LOAD SETTINGS : %s\n", strFilePath);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
for(INT32 i = 0;i < 4;i++)
|
||||||
|
m_ctAddr[i] = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_strWirelessPath = "";
|
||||||
|
m_strCallPath = "";
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchSetupDlg::SaveSettings()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
TCHAR strPath[512] = {0, };
|
||||||
|
CString strFilePath;
|
||||||
|
CString strInfo;
|
||||||
|
UINT isChecked;
|
||||||
|
HRESULT hr = SHGetFolderPath(0, CSIDL_LOCAL_APPDATA, 0, 0, strPath);
|
||||||
|
FILE *fp = NULL;
|
||||||
|
BYTE addr[4];
|
||||||
|
BOOL isIpChanged = false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
strFilePath = strPath;
|
||||||
|
strFilePath += L"\\touch_setting.txt";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CIPAddressCtrl *pCtrl = (CIPAddressCtrl *)GetDlgItem(IDC_IPADDRESS_CT);
|
||||||
|
pCtrl->GetAddress(addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3]);
|
||||||
|
for(INT32 i = 0;i < 4;i++) {
|
||||||
|
if(addr[i] != m_ctAddr[i])
|
||||||
|
isIpChanged = true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_ctAddr[i] = addr[i];
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pCtrl = (CIPAddressCtrl *)GetDlgItem(IDC_IPADDRESS_ES);
|
||||||
|
pCtrl->GetAddress(addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3]);
|
||||||
|
for (INT32 i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
|
||||||
|
if (addr[i] != m_esAddr[i])
|
||||||
|
isIpChanged = true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_esAddr[i] = addr[i];
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pCtrl = (CIPAddressCtrl *)GetDlgItem(IDC_IPADDRESS_PS);
|
||||||
|
pCtrl->GetAddress(addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3]);
|
||||||
|
for (INT32 i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
|
||||||
|
if (addr[i] != m_psAddr[i])
|
||||||
|
isIpChanged = true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_psAddr[i] = addr[i];
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//pCtrl->GetAddress(m_ctAddr[0], m_ctAddr[1], m_ctAddr[2], m_ctAddr[3]);
|
||||||
|
CEdit *pEdit = (CEdit *)GetDlgItem(IDC_EDIT_CALL_EXEC);
|
||||||
|
pEdit->GetWindowTextW(m_strCallPath);
|
||||||
|
pEdit = (CEdit *)GetDlgItem(IDC_EDIT_WIRELESS_EXEC);
|
||||||
|
pEdit->GetWindowTextW(m_strWirelessPath);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pEdit = (CEdit *)GetDlgItem(IDC_EDIT_TTS);
|
||||||
|
pEdit->GetWindowTextW(m_strTTSMessage);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CButton *pBox = (CButton *)GetDlgItem(IDC_CHECK_TTS);
|
||||||
|
if(pBox->GetCheck()) {
|
||||||
|
m_bSendTTS = TRUE;
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
m_bSendTTS = FALSE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_bSendTTS) {
|
||||||
|
if(m_strTTSMessage.GetLength() > 0) {
|
||||||
|
char strTTSMessage[128 * 1024];
|
||||||
|
UTF8_CONVERSION_EX;
|
||||||
|
CString strMsg = m_strTTSMessage;
|
||||||
|
strMsg.Replace(L"\r\n", L".");
|
||||||
|
sprintf(strTTSMessage, "BYPASS\r\nREQUEST_TTS_MESSAGE=0|%s\r\n", W2UTF8_EX(strMsg));
|
||||||
|
g_pMainDlg->SocketSendExceptionHandle(strTTSMessage, strlen(strTTSMessage));
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
_wfopen_s(&fp, strFilePath, L"wt");
|
||||||
|
if(fp)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
fprintf(fp, "CT_ADDRESS=%d.%d.%d.%d\r\n", m_ctAddr[0], m_ctAddr[1], m_ctAddr[2], m_ctAddr[3]);
|
||||||
|
fprintf(fp, "ES_ADDRESS=%d.%d.%d.%d\r\n", m_esAddr[0], m_esAddr[1], m_esAddr[2], m_esAddr[3]);
|
||||||
|
fprintf(fp, "PS_ADDRESS=%d.%d.%d.%d\r\n", m_psAddr[0], m_psAddr[1], m_psAddr[2], m_psAddr[3]);
|
||||||
|
fprintf(fp, "WIRELESS_PATH=%S\r\n", m_strWirelessPath);
|
||||||
|
fprintf(fp, "CALL_PATH=%S\r\n", m_strCallPath);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if(m_bSendTTS)
|
||||||
|
fprintf(fp, "SEND_TTS_MSG=1\r\n");
|
||||||
|
if(m_strTTSMessage.GetLength() > 0) {
|
||||||
|
UTF8_CONVERSION_EX;
|
||||||
|
CString strMsg = m_strTTSMessage;
|
||||||
|
strMsg.Replace(L"\r\n", L"|");
|
||||||
|
fprintf(fp, "TTS_MSG=%s\r\n", W2UTF8_EX(strMsg));
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
fclose(fp);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TRACE(L"SAVE SETTINGS : %s\n", strFilePath);
|
||||||
|
MessageBox(L"설정이 저장되었습니다");
|
||||||
|
ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AfxGetMainWnd()->PostMessage(WM_TBD_SETUP_SAVE, isIpChanged);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchSetupDlg::UpdateVariableToCtrl()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CIPAddressCtrl *pCtrl = (CIPAddressCtrl *)GetDlgItem(IDC_IPADDRESS_CT);
|
||||||
|
pCtrl->SetAddress(m_ctAddr[0], m_ctAddr[1], m_ctAddr[2], m_ctAddr[3]);
|
||||||
|
CEdit *pEdit = (CEdit *)GetDlgItem(IDC_EDIT_CALL_EXEC);
|
||||||
|
pEdit->SetWindowTextW(m_strCallPath);
|
||||||
|
pEdit = (CEdit *)GetDlgItem(IDC_EDIT_WIRELESS_EXEC);
|
||||||
|
pEdit->SetWindowTextW(m_strWirelessPath);
|
||||||
|
pEdit = (CEdit *)GetDlgItem(IDC_EDIT_TTS);
|
||||||
|
pEdit->SetWindowTextW(m_strTTSMessage);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pCtrl = (CIPAddressCtrl *)GetDlgItem(IDC_IPADDRESS_ES);
|
||||||
|
pCtrl->SetAddress(m_esAddr[0], m_esAddr[1], m_esAddr[2], m_esAddr[3]);
|
||||||
|
pCtrl = (CIPAddressCtrl *)GetDlgItem(IDC_IPADDRESS_PS);
|
||||||
|
pCtrl->SetAddress(m_psAddr[0], m_psAddr[1], m_psAddr[2], m_psAddr[3]);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CButton *pBox = (CButton *)GetDlgItem(IDC_CHECK_TTS);
|
||||||
|
if(m_bSendTTS)
|
||||||
|
pBox->SetCheck(TRUE);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedButtonSave()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your control notification handler code here
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
SaveSettings();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedButtonMicvolMinus()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your control notification handler code here
|
||||||
|
char strMessage[256];
|
||||||
|
sprintf(strMessage, "MIC_VOLUME=MINUS\r\n\r\n");
|
||||||
|
g_pMainDlg->SocketSendExceptionHandle(strMessage, strlen(strMessage));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedButtonMicvolPlus()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your control notification handler code here
|
||||||
|
char strMessage[256];
|
||||||
|
sprintf(strMessage, "MIC_VOLUME=PLUS\r\n\r\n");
|
||||||
|
g_pMainDlg->SocketSendExceptionHandle(strMessage, strlen(strMessage));
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedButtonLinevolMinus()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your control notification handler code here
|
||||||
|
char strMessage[256];
|
||||||
|
sprintf(strMessage, "LINEIN_VOLUME=MINUS\r\n\r\n");
|
||||||
|
g_pMainDlg->SocketSendExceptionHandle(strMessage, strlen(strMessage));
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedButtonLinevolPlus()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your control notification handler code here
|
||||||
|
char strMessage[256];
|
||||||
|
sprintf(strMessage, "LINEIN_VOLUME=PLUS\r\n\r\n");
|
||||||
|
g_pMainDlg->SocketSendExceptionHandle(strMessage, strlen(strMessage));
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BOOL CTouchSetupDlg::PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your specialized code here and/or call the base class
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if (pMsg->message == WM_KEYDOWN && pMsg->wParam == VK_RETURN)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (GetDlgItem(IDC_EDIT_TTS) == GetFocus())
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CEdit* edit = (CEdit*)GetDlgItem(IDC_EDIT_TTS);
|
||||||
|
int nLen = edit->GetWindowTextLength();
|
||||||
|
edit->SetSel( nLen, nLen );
|
||||||
|
edit->ReplaceSel(_T("\r\n"));
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return CDialogEx::PreTranslateMessage(pMsg);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedCheckLinesend()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: Add your control notification handler code here
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CButton *pBox = (CButton *)GetDlgItem(IDC_CHECK_LINESEND);
|
||||||
|
CWnd *pWnd = (CWnd *)g_pMainDlg->GetDlgItem(IDC_STATIC_LINEIN);
|
||||||
|
if(pBox->GetCheck()) {
|
||||||
|
m_bSendLineIn = TRUE;
|
||||||
|
pWnd->ShowWindow(SW_SHOW);
|
||||||
|
} else {
|
||||||
|
m_bSendLineIn = FALSE;
|
||||||
|
pWnd->ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void CTouchSetupDlg::OnBnClickedCancel()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// TODO: 여기에 컨트롤 알림 처리기 코드를 추가합니다.
|
||||||
|
CDialogEx::OnCancel();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
45
TouchSetupDlg.h
Normal file
45
TouchSetupDlg.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
|||||||
|
#pragma once
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// CTouchSetupDlg dialog
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CTouchSetupDlg : public CDialogEx
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
DECLARE_DYNAMIC(CTouchSetupDlg)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CTouchSetupDlg(CWnd* pParent = NULL); // standard constructor
|
||||||
|
virtual ~CTouchSetupDlg();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void LoadSettings();
|
||||||
|
void SaveSettings();
|
||||||
|
void UpdateVariableToCtrl();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BYTE m_ctAddr[4];
|
||||||
|
BYTE m_esAddr[4];
|
||||||
|
BYTE m_psAddr[4];
|
||||||
|
CString m_strWirelessPath;
|
||||||
|
CString m_strCallPath;
|
||||||
|
CString m_strTTSMessage;
|
||||||
|
BOOL m_bSendTTS;
|
||||||
|
BOOL m_bSendLineIn;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Dialog Data
|
||||||
|
enum { IDD = IDD_SETUP_DIALOG };
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
virtual void DoDataExchange(CDataExchange* pDX); // DDX/DDV support
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DECLARE_MESSAGE_MAP()
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonSelect1();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonSelect2();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonSave();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonMicvolMinus();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonMicvolPlus();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonLinevolMinus();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedButtonLinevolPlus();
|
||||||
|
virtual BOOL PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg);
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedCheckLinesend();
|
||||||
|
afx_msg void OnBnClickedCancel();
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
223
UTF8Conv.h
Normal file
223
UTF8Conv.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
|
|||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* Copyright (C) 2008 by Kyung-jin Kim
|
||||||
|
* e-mail : devmachine@naver.com
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Description : UTF-8 String Conversion Macros
|
||||||
|
* Created : Jun-13,2008
|
||||||
|
* Version : UTF8Conv V1.1
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* The names of the UTF-8 string conversion macros take the form.
|
||||||
|
* SourceType2DestinationType[EX] ex) W2UTF8, UTF82A_EX
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* SourceType and DestinationType are described below.
|
||||||
|
* A (ANSI character string.)
|
||||||
|
* W (Unicode character string.)
|
||||||
|
* T (Generic character string.)
|
||||||
|
* UTF8 (UTF-8 encoded character string.)
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* When using an UTF-8 conversion macro, specify the UTF8_CONVERSION[EX] macro
|
||||||
|
* at the beginning of your function in order to avoid compiler errors.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Sample code
|
||||||
|
* void SampleFunc(LPCTSTR lpsz)
|
||||||
|
* {
|
||||||
|
* UTF8_CONVERSION;
|
||||||
|
* LPSTR utf8 = T2UTF8(lpsz);
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* // Do something with utf8
|
||||||
|
* ...
|
||||||
|
* }
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#pragma once
|
||||||
|
#include <malloc.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <vector>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
template <typename Ty>
|
||||||
|
class _SafeAllocator
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
_SafeAllocator() {}
|
||||||
|
~_SafeAllocator()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int nCount = static_cast<int>(_parray.size());
|
||||||
|
for (int i = 0; i < nCount; ++i)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (_parray[i] != NULL)
|
||||||
|
delete [] _parray[i];
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int Alloc(int nSize)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Ty* ptr;
|
||||||
|
ptr = new Ty[nSize];
|
||||||
|
if (!ptr)
|
||||||
|
return -1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
_parray.push_back(ptr);
|
||||||
|
return static_cast<int>(_parray.size() - 1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Free(int nIndex)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
delete _parray[nIndex];
|
||||||
|
_parray[nIndex] = NULL;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Ty* GetPtr(int nIndex) const
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return _parray[nIndex];
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Ty*> _parray;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
inline LPSTR WINAPI _W2UTF8Helper(LPSTR lpu, LPCWSTR lpw, int nChars)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ASSERT(lpu != NULL);
|
||||||
|
ASSERT(lpw != NULL);
|
||||||
|
if (lpu == NULL || lpw == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
lpu[0] = '\0';
|
||||||
|
int ret = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, lpw, -1, lpu, nChars, 0, 0);
|
||||||
|
if (ret == 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ASSERT(FALSE);
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return lpu;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
inline LPWSTR WINAPI _UTF82WHelper(LPWSTR lpw, LPCSTR lpu, int nChars)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ASSERT(lpw != NULL);
|
||||||
|
ASSERT(lpu != NULL);
|
||||||
|
if (lpw == NULL || lpu == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
lpw[0] = '\0';
|
||||||
|
int ret = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, lpu, -1, lpw, nChars);
|
||||||
|
if (ret == 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ASSERT(FALSE);
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return lpw;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
inline LPWSTR WINAPI _A2WHelper(LPWSTR lpw, LPCSTR lpa, int nChars)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ASSERT(lpw != NULL);
|
||||||
|
ASSERT(lpa != NULL);
|
||||||
|
if (lpw == NULL || lpa == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
lpw[0] = '\0';
|
||||||
|
int ret = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, lpa, -1, lpw, nChars);
|
||||||
|
if (ret == 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ASSERT(FALSE);
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return lpw;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
inline LPSTR WINAPI _W2AHelper(LPSTR lpa, LPCWSTR lpw, int nChars)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ASSERT(lpa != NULL);
|
||||||
|
ASSERT(lpw != NULL);
|
||||||
|
if (lpa == NULL || lpw == NULL)
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
lpa[0] = '\0';
|
||||||
|
int ret = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, lpw, -1, lpa, nChars, 0, 0);
|
||||||
|
if (ret == 0)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ASSERT(FALSE);
|
||||||
|
return NULL;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return lpa;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define UTF8_CONVERSION int _conv_uc; (_conv_uc); LPCWSTR _lpw_uc; (_lpw_uc); LPCSTR _lpa_uc; (_lpa_uc); LPCSTR _lpu_uc; (_lpu_uc);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define A2UTF8(lpa) (\
|
||||||
|
((_lpa_uc = lpa) == NULL) ? NULL : (\
|
||||||
|
_conv_uc = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, _lpa_uc, -1, NULL, 0) * sizeof(WCHAR),\
|
||||||
|
_lpw_uc = _A2WHelper((LPWSTR)_alloca(_conv_uc), _lpa_uc, _conv_uc),\
|
||||||
|
_conv_uc = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, _lpw_uc, -1, NULL, 0, 0, 0) * sizeof(CHAR),\
|
||||||
|
_W2UTF8Helper((LPSTR)_alloca(_conv_uc), _lpw_uc, _conv_uc)))
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define W2UTF8(lpw) (\
|
||||||
|
((_lpw_uc = lpw) == NULL) ? NULL : (\
|
||||||
|
_conv_uc = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, _lpw_uc, -1, NULL, 0, 0, 0) * sizeof(CHAR),\
|
||||||
|
_W2UTF8Helper((LPSTR)_alloca(_conv_uc), _lpw_uc, _conv_uc)))
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define UTF82A(lpu) (\
|
||||||
|
((_lpu_uc = lpu) == NULL) ? NULL : (\
|
||||||
|
_conv_uc = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, _lpu_uc, -1, NULL, 0) * sizeof(WCHAR),\
|
||||||
|
_lpw_uc = _UTF82WHelper((LPWSTR)_alloca(_conv_uc), _lpu_uc, _conv_uc),\
|
||||||
|
_conv_uc = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, _lpw_uc, -1, NULL, 0, 0, 0) * sizeof(CHAR),\
|
||||||
|
_W2AHelper((LPSTR)_alloca(_conv_uc), _lpw_uc, _conv_uc)))
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define UTF82W(lpu) (\
|
||||||
|
((_lpu_uc = lpu) == NULL) ? NULL : (\
|
||||||
|
_conv_uc = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, _lpu_uc, -1, NULL, 0) * sizeof(WCHAR),\
|
||||||
|
_UTF82WHelper((LPWSTR)_alloca(_conv_uc), _lpu_uc, _conv_uc)))
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _UNICODE
|
||||||
|
#define T2UTF8 W2UTF8
|
||||||
|
#define UTF82T UTF82W
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
#define T2UTF8 A2UTF8
|
||||||
|
#define UTF82T UTF82A
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define UTF8_CONVERSION_EX int _conv_uc_ex, _idx1, _idx2; (_conv_uc_ex); (_idx1); (_idx2);\
|
||||||
|
_SafeAllocator<WCHAR> _saw; _SafeAllocator<CHAR> _saa; _SafeAllocator<CHAR> _sau
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define A2UTF8_EX(lpa) (\
|
||||||
|
((LPCSTR)lpa == NULL) ? NULL : (\
|
||||||
|
_conv_uc_ex = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, lpa, -1, NULL, 0),\
|
||||||
|
((_idx1 = _saw.Alloc(_conv_uc_ex)) == -1) ? NULL : (\
|
||||||
|
_A2WHelper(_saw.GetPtr(_idx1), lpa, _conv_uc_ex),\
|
||||||
|
_conv_uc_ex = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, _saw.GetPtr(_idx1), -1, NULL, 0, 0, 0),\
|
||||||
|
((_idx2 = _sau.Alloc(_conv_uc_ex)) == -1) ? _saw.Free(_idx1), NULL : (\
|
||||||
|
_W2UTF8Helper(_sau.GetPtr(_idx2), _saw.GetPtr(_idx1), _conv_uc_ex),\
|
||||||
|
_saw.Free(_idx1), _sau.GetPtr(_idx2)))))
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define W2UTF8_EX(lpw) (\
|
||||||
|
((LPCWSTR)lpw == NULL) ? NULL : (\
|
||||||
|
_conv_uc_ex = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, lpw, -1, NULL, 0, 0, 0),\
|
||||||
|
((_idx1 = _sau.Alloc(_conv_uc_ex)) == -1) ? NULL : (\
|
||||||
|
_W2UTF8Helper(_sau.GetPtr(_idx1), lpw, _conv_uc_ex))))
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define UTF82A_EX(lpu) (\
|
||||||
|
((LPCSTR)lpu == NULL) ? NULL : (\
|
||||||
|
_conv_uc_ex = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, lpu, -1, NULL, 0),\
|
||||||
|
((_idx1 = _saw.Alloc(_conv_uc_ex)) == -1) ? NULL : (\
|
||||||
|
_UTF82WHelper(_saw.GetPtr(_idx1), lpu, _conv_uc_ex),\
|
||||||
|
_conv_uc_ex = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, _saw.GetPtr(_idx1), -1, NULL, 0, 0, 0),\
|
||||||
|
((_idx2 = _saa.Alloc(_conv_uc_ex)) == -1) ? _saw.Free(_idx1), NULL : (\
|
||||||
|
_W2AHelper(_saa.GetPtr(_idx2), _saw.GetPtr(_idx1), _conv_uc_ex),\
|
||||||
|
_saw.Free(_idx1), _saa.GetPtr(_idx2)))))
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define UTF82W_EX(lpu) (\
|
||||||
|
((LPCSTR)lpu == NULL) ? NULL : (\
|
||||||
|
_conv_uc_ex = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, lpu, -1, NULL, 0),\
|
||||||
|
((_idx1 = _saw.Alloc(_conv_uc_ex)) == -1) ? NULL : (\
|
||||||
|
_UTF82WHelper(_saw.GetPtr(_idx1), lpu, _conv_uc_ex))))
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _UNICODE
|
||||||
|
#define T2UTF8_EX W2UTF8_EX
|
||||||
|
#define UTF82T_EX UTF82W_EX
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
#define T2UTF8_EX A2UTF8_EX
|
||||||
|
#define UTF82T_EX UTF82A_EX
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
BIN
cximage/Jpeg.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/Jpeg.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/Tiff.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/Tiff.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/cximage.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/cximage.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/debug/Jpeg.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/debug/Jpeg.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/debug/Tiff.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/debug/Tiff.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/debug/cximage.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/debug/cximage.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/debug/jasper.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/debug/jasper.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/debug/libdcr.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/debug/libdcr.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/debug/libpsd.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/debug/libpsd.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/debug/mng.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/debug/mng.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/debug/png.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/debug/png.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/debug/zlib.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/debug/zlib.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/jasper.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/jasper.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/libdcr.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/libdcr.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/libpsd.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/libpsd.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/mng.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/mng.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
cximage/png.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/png.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
79
cximage/xfile.h
Normal file
79
cximage/xfile.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: xfile.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: General Purpose File Class
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CxFile (c) 11/May/2002 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
CxFile version 2.00 23/Aug/2002
|
||||||
|
CxFile version 2.10 16/Dec/2007
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Special thanks to Chris Shearer Cooper for new features, enhancements and bugfixes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Covered code is provided under this license on an "as is" basis, without warranty
|
||||||
|
of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, without limitation, warranties
|
||||||
|
that the covered code is free of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose
|
||||||
|
or non-infringing. The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the covered
|
||||||
|
code is with you. Should any covered code prove defective in any respect, you (not
|
||||||
|
the initial developer or any other contributor) assume the cost of any necessary
|
||||||
|
servicing, repair or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential
|
||||||
|
part of this license. No use of any covered code is authorized hereunder except under
|
||||||
|
this disclaimer.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
|
||||||
|
source code, or portions hereof, for any purpose, including commercial applications,
|
||||||
|
freely and without fee, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||||
|
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||||
|
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||||
|
appreciated but is not required.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||||
|
misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||||
|
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__xfile_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __xfile_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined (WIN32) || defined (_WIN32_WCE)
|
||||||
|
#include <windows.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximadef.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class DLL_EXP CxFile
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxFile(void) { };
|
||||||
|
virtual ~CxFile() { };
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
virtual bool Close() = 0;
|
||||||
|
virtual size_t Read(void *buffer, size_t size, size_t count) = 0;
|
||||||
|
virtual size_t Write(const void *buffer, size_t size, size_t count) = 0;
|
||||||
|
virtual bool Seek(int32_t offset, int32_t origin) = 0;
|
||||||
|
virtual int32_t Tell() = 0;
|
||||||
|
virtual int32_t Size() = 0;
|
||||||
|
virtual bool Flush() = 0;
|
||||||
|
virtual bool Eof() = 0;
|
||||||
|
virtual int32_t Error() = 0;
|
||||||
|
virtual bool PutC(uint8_t c)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// Default implementation
|
||||||
|
size_t nWrote = Write(&c, 1, 1);
|
||||||
|
return (bool)(nWrote == 1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
virtual int32_t GetC() = 0;
|
||||||
|
virtual char * GetS(char *string, int32_t n) = 0;
|
||||||
|
virtual int32_t Scanf(const char *format, void* output) = 0;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif //__xfile_h
|
||||||
79
cximage/ximabmp.h
Normal file
79
cximage/ximabmp.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximabmp.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: BMP Image Class Loader and Writer
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
* CxImageBMP (c) 07/Aug/2001 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in ximage.h
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Special thanks to Troels Knakkergaard for new features, enhancements and bugfixes
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* original CImageBMP and CImageIterator implementation are:
|
||||||
|
* Copyright: (c) 1995, Alejandro Aguilar Sierra <asierra(at)servidor(dot)unam(dot)mx>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximaBMP_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximaBMP_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
const int32_t RLE_COMMAND = 0;
|
||||||
|
const int32_t RLE_ENDOFLINE = 0;
|
||||||
|
const int32_t RLE_ENDOFBITMAP = 1;
|
||||||
|
const int32_t RLE_DELTA = 2;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(BI_RLE8)
|
||||||
|
#define BI_RLE8 1L
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(BI_RLE4)
|
||||||
|
#define BI_RLE4 2L
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_BMP
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CxImageBMP: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImageBMP(): CxImage(CXIMAGE_FORMAT_BMP) {};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Decode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
bool DibReadBitmapInfo(CxFile* fh, BITMAPINFOHEADER *pdib);
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define BFT_ICON 0x4349 /* 'IC' */
|
||||||
|
#define BFT_BITMAP 0x4d42 /* 'BM' */
|
||||||
|
#define BFT_CURSOR 0x5450 /* 'PT' */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef WIDTHBYTES
|
||||||
|
#define WIDTHBYTES(i) ((unsigned)((i+31)&(~31))/8) /* ULONG aligned ! */
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define DibWidthBytesN(lpbi, n) (uint32_t)WIDTHBYTES((uint32_t)(lpbi)->biWidth * (uint32_t)(n))
|
||||||
|
#define DibWidthBytes(lpbi) DibWidthBytesN(lpbi, (lpbi)->biBitCount)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define DibSizeImage(lpbi) ((lpbi)->biSizeImage == 0 \
|
||||||
|
? ((uint32_t)(uint32_t)DibWidthBytes(lpbi) * (uint32_t)(uint32_t)(lpbi)->biHeight) \
|
||||||
|
: (lpbi)->biSizeImage)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define DibNumColors(lpbi) ((lpbi)->biClrUsed == 0 && (lpbi)->biBitCount <= 8 \
|
||||||
|
? (int32_t)(1 << (int32_t)(lpbi)->biBitCount) \
|
||||||
|
: (int32_t)(lpbi)->biClrUsed)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define FixBitmapInfo(lpbi) if ((lpbi)->biSizeImage == 0) \
|
||||||
|
(lpbi)->biSizeImage = DibSizeImage(lpbi); \
|
||||||
|
if ((lpbi)->biClrUsed == 0) \
|
||||||
|
(lpbi)->biClrUsed = DibNumColors(lpbi); \
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
59
cximage/ximacfg.h
Normal file
59
cximage/ximacfg.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
|||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximaCFG_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximaCFG_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
// CxImage supported features
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ALPHA 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_SELECTION 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TRANSFORMATION 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_DSP 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_LAYERS 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_INTERPOLATION 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_DECODE 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE 1 //<vho><T.Peck>
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WINDOWS 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_EXIF 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
// CxImage supported formats
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_BMP 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_GIF 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JPG 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PNG 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ICO 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TIF 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TGA 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PCX 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WBMP 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WMF 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JP2 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JPC 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PGX 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PNM 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_RAS 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JBG 0 // GPL'd see ../jbig/copying.txt & ../jbig/patents.htm
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_MNG 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_SKA 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_RAW 1
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PSD 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_MAX_MEMORY 268435456
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_DEFAULT_DPI 96
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_ERR_NOFILE "null file handler"
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_ERR_NOIMAGE "null image!!!"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_EXCEPTION_HANDLING 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
//color to grey mapping <H. Muelner> <jurgene>
|
||||||
|
//#define RGB2GRAY(r,g,b) (((b)*114 + (g)*587 + (r)*299)/1000)
|
||||||
|
#define RGB2GRAY(r,g,b) (((b)*117 + (g)*601 + (r)*306) >> 10)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
210
cximage/ximadef.h
Normal file
210
cximage/ximadef.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
|
|||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximadefs_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximadefs_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximacfg.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if /*defined(_AFXDLL)||*/defined(_USRDLL)
|
||||||
|
#define DLL_EXP __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||||
|
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)&&(_MSC_VER<1200)
|
||||||
|
#define DLL_EXP __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
#define DLL_EXP
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_EXCEPTION_HANDLING
|
||||||
|
#define cx_try try
|
||||||
|
#define cx_throw(message) throw(message)
|
||||||
|
#define cx_catch catch (const char *message)
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
#define cx_try bool cx_error=false;
|
||||||
|
#define cx_throw(message) {cx_error=true; if(strcmp(message,"")) strncpy(info.szLastError,message,255); goto cx_error_catch;}
|
||||||
|
#define cx_catch cx_error_catch: char message[]=""; if(cx_error)
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JP2 || CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JPC || CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PGX || CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PNM || CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_RAS
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JASPER 1
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JASPER 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_DSP
|
||||||
|
#undef CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TRANSFORMATION
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TRANSFORMATION 1
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TRANSFORMATION || CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TIF || CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TGA || CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_BMP || CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WINDOWS
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_BASICTRANSFORMATIONS 1
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_DSP || CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TRANSFORMATION
|
||||||
|
#undef CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_INTERPOLATION
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_INTERPOLATION 1
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if (CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_DECODE == 0)
|
||||||
|
#undef CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_EXIF
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_EXIF 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined (_WIN32_WCE)
|
||||||
|
#undef CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WMF
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WMF 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
|
||||||
|
#undef CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WINDOWS
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WINDOWS 0
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef min
|
||||||
|
#define min(a,b) (((a)<(b))?(a):(b))
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef max
|
||||||
|
#define max(a,b) (((a)>(b))?(a):(b))
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef PI
|
||||||
|
#define PI 3.141592653589793f
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32_WCE)
|
||||||
|
#include <windows.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <tchar.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <math.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef _COMPLEX_DEFINED
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagcomplex {
|
||||||
|
double x,y;
|
||||||
|
} _complex;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define _cabs(c) sqrt(c.x*c.x+c.y*c.y)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32_WCE)
|
||||||
|
#include "stdint.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <string.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef uint32_t COLORREF;
|
||||||
|
typedef void* HANDLE;
|
||||||
|
typedef void* HRGN;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef BOOL
|
||||||
|
#define BOOL bool
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef TRUE
|
||||||
|
#define TRUE true
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef FALSE
|
||||||
|
#define FALSE false
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef TCHAR
|
||||||
|
#define TCHAR char
|
||||||
|
#define _T
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagRECT
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int32_t left;
|
||||||
|
int32_t top;
|
||||||
|
int32_t right;
|
||||||
|
int32_t bottom;
|
||||||
|
} RECT;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagPOINT
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int32_t x;
|
||||||
|
int32_t y;
|
||||||
|
} POINT;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagRGBQUAD {
|
||||||
|
uint8_t rgbBlue;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t rgbGreen;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t rgbRed;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t rgbReserved;
|
||||||
|
} RGBQUAD;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#pragma pack(1)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagBITMAPINFOHEADER{
|
||||||
|
uint32_t biSize;
|
||||||
|
int32_t biWidth;
|
||||||
|
int32_t biHeight;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t biPlanes;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t biBitCount;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t biCompression;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t biSizeImage;
|
||||||
|
int32_t biXPelsPerMeter;
|
||||||
|
int32_t biYPelsPerMeter;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t biClrUsed;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t biClrImportant;
|
||||||
|
} BITMAPINFOHEADER;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagBITMAPFILEHEADER {
|
||||||
|
uint16_t bfType;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t bfSize;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t bfReserved1;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t bfReserved2;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t bfOffBits;
|
||||||
|
} BITMAPFILEHEADER;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagBITMAPCOREHEADER {
|
||||||
|
uint32_t bcSize;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t bcWidth;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t bcHeight;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t bcPlanes;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t bcBitCount;
|
||||||
|
} BITMAPCOREHEADER;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagRGBTRIPLE {
|
||||||
|
uint8_t rgbtBlue;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t rgbtGreen;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t rgbtRed;
|
||||||
|
} RGBTRIPLE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#pragma pack()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define BI_RGB 0L
|
||||||
|
#define BI_RLE8 1L
|
||||||
|
#define BI_RLE4 2L
|
||||||
|
#define BI_BITFIELDS 3L
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define GetRValue(rgb) ((uint8_t)(rgb))
|
||||||
|
#define GetGValue(rgb) ((uint8_t)(((uint16_t)(rgb)) >> 8))
|
||||||
|
#define GetBValue(rgb) ((uint8_t)((rgb)>>16))
|
||||||
|
#define RGB(r,g,b) ((COLORREF)(((uint8_t)(r)|((uint16_t)((uint8_t)(g))<<8))|(((uint32_t)(uint8_t)(b))<<16)))
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef _COMPLEX_DEFINED
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagcomplex {
|
||||||
|
double x,y;
|
||||||
|
} _complex;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define _cabs(c) sqrt(c.x*c.x+c.y*c.y)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif //__ximadefs
|
||||||
807
cximage/ximage.h
Normal file
807
cximage/ximage.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,807 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximage.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: General Purpose Image Class
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CxImage version 7.0.1 07/Jan/2011
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CxImage : Copyright (C) 2001 - 2010, Davide Pizzolato
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Original CImage and CImageIterator implementation are:
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1995, Alejandro Aguilar Sierra (asierra(at)servidor(dot)unam(dot)mx)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Covered code is provided under this license on an "as is" basis, without warranty
|
||||||
|
of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, without limitation, warranties
|
||||||
|
that the covered code is free of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose
|
||||||
|
or non-infringing. The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the covered
|
||||||
|
code is with you. Should any covered code prove defective in any respect, you (not
|
||||||
|
the initial developer or any other contributor) assume the cost of any necessary
|
||||||
|
servicing, repair or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential
|
||||||
|
part of this license. No use of any covered code is authorized hereunder except under
|
||||||
|
this disclaimer.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
|
||||||
|
source code, or portions hereof, for any purpose, including commercial applications,
|
||||||
|
freely and without fee, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||||
|
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||||
|
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||||
|
appreciated but is not required.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||||
|
misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Other information about CxImage, and the latest version, can be found at the
|
||||||
|
CxImage home page: http://www.xdp.it/cximage/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__CXIMAGE_H)
|
||||||
|
#define __CXIMAGE_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if _MSC_VER > 1000
|
||||||
|
#pragma once
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LINUX
|
||||||
|
#define _XOPEN_SOURCE
|
||||||
|
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <arpa/inet.h>
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
#include "xfile.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "xiofile.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "xmemfile.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "ximadef.h" //<vho> adjust some #define
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* see "ximacfg.h" for CxImage configuration options */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
// CxImage formats enumerator
|
||||||
|
enum ENUM_CXIMAGE_FORMATS{
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_UNKNOWN = 0,
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_BMP
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_BMP = 1,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_GIF
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_GIF = 2,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JPG
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_JPG = 3,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PNG
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PNG = 4,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ICO
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_ICO = 5,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TIF
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_TIF = 6,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TGA
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_TGA = 7,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PCX
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PCX = 8,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WBMP
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_WBMP = 9,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WMF
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_WMF = 10,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JP2
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_JP2 = 11,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JPC
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_JPC = 12,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PGX
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PGX = 13,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PNM
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PNM = 14,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_RAS
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_RAS = 15,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JBG
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_JBG = 16,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_MNG
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_MNG = 17,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_SKA
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_SKA = 18,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_RAW
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_RAW = 19,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PSD
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PSD = 20,
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
CMAX_IMAGE_FORMATS = CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_BMP + CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_GIF + CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JPG +
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PNG + CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_MNG + CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ICO +
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TIF + CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TGA + CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PCX +
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WBMP+ CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WMF +
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JBG + CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JP2 + CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JPC +
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PGX + CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PNM + CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_RAS +
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_SKA + CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_RAW + CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PSD + 1
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_EXIF
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define MAX_COMMENT 255
|
||||||
|
#define MAX_SECTIONS 20
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tag_ExifInfo {
|
||||||
|
char Version [5];
|
||||||
|
char CameraMake [32];
|
||||||
|
char CameraModel [40];
|
||||||
|
char DateTime [20];
|
||||||
|
int32_t Height, Width;
|
||||||
|
int32_t Orientation;
|
||||||
|
int32_t IsColor;
|
||||||
|
int32_t Process;
|
||||||
|
int32_t FlashUsed;
|
||||||
|
float FocalLength;
|
||||||
|
float ExposureTime;
|
||||||
|
float ApertureFNumber;
|
||||||
|
float Distance;
|
||||||
|
float CCDWidth;
|
||||||
|
float ExposureBias;
|
||||||
|
int32_t Whitebalance;
|
||||||
|
int32_t MeteringMode;
|
||||||
|
int32_t ExposureProgram;
|
||||||
|
int32_t ISOequivalent;
|
||||||
|
int32_t CompressionLevel;
|
||||||
|
float FocalplaneXRes;
|
||||||
|
float FocalplaneYRes;
|
||||||
|
float FocalplaneUnits;
|
||||||
|
float Xresolution;
|
||||||
|
float Yresolution;
|
||||||
|
float ResolutionUnit;
|
||||||
|
float Brightness;
|
||||||
|
char Comments[MAX_COMMENT+1];
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uint8_t * ThumbnailPointer; /* Pointer at the thumbnail */
|
||||||
|
unsigned ThumbnailSize; /* Size of thumbnail. */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool IsExif;
|
||||||
|
} EXIFINFO;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif //CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_EXIF
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
// CxImage class
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
class DLL_EXP CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//extensible information collector
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagCxImageInfo {
|
||||||
|
uint32_t dwEffWidth; ///< uint32_t aligned scan line width
|
||||||
|
uint8_t* pImage; ///< THE IMAGE BITS
|
||||||
|
CxImage* pGhost; ///< if this is a ghost, pGhost points to the body
|
||||||
|
CxImage* pParent; ///< if this is a layer, pParent points to the body
|
||||||
|
uint32_t dwType; ///< original image format
|
||||||
|
char szLastError[256]; ///< debugging
|
||||||
|
int32_t nProgress; ///< monitor
|
||||||
|
int32_t nEscape; ///< escape
|
||||||
|
int32_t nBkgndIndex; ///< used for GIF, PNG, MNG
|
||||||
|
RGBQUAD nBkgndColor; ///< used for RGB transparency
|
||||||
|
float fQuality; ///< used for JPEG, JPEG2000 (0.0f ... 100.0f)
|
||||||
|
uint8_t nJpegScale; ///< used for JPEG [ignacio]
|
||||||
|
int32_t nFrame; ///< used for TIF, GIF, MNG : actual frame
|
||||||
|
int32_t nNumFrames; ///< used for TIF, GIF, MNG : total number of frames
|
||||||
|
uint32_t dwFrameDelay; ///< used for GIF, MNG
|
||||||
|
int32_t xDPI; ///< horizontal resolution
|
||||||
|
int32_t yDPI; ///< vertical resolution
|
||||||
|
RECT rSelectionBox; ///< bounding rectangle
|
||||||
|
uint8_t nAlphaMax; ///< max opacity (fade)
|
||||||
|
bool bAlphaPaletteEnabled; ///< true if alpha values in the palette are enabled.
|
||||||
|
bool bEnabled; ///< enables the painting functions
|
||||||
|
int32_t xOffset;
|
||||||
|
int32_t yOffset;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t dwCodecOpt[CMAX_IMAGE_FORMATS]; ///< for GIF, TIF : 0=def.1=unc,2=fax3,3=fax4,4=pack,5=jpg
|
||||||
|
RGBQUAD last_c; ///< for GetNearestIndex optimization
|
||||||
|
uint8_t last_c_index;
|
||||||
|
bool last_c_isvalid;
|
||||||
|
int32_t nNumLayers;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t dwFlags; ///< 0x??00000 = reserved, 0x00??0000 = blend mode, 0x0000???? = layer id - user flags
|
||||||
|
uint8_t dispmeth;
|
||||||
|
bool bGetAllFrames;
|
||||||
|
bool bLittleEndianHost;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_EXIF
|
||||||
|
EXIFINFO ExifInfo;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} CXIMAGEINFO;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
//public structures
|
||||||
|
struct rgb_color { uint8_t r,g,b; };
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WINDOWS
|
||||||
|
// <VATI> text placement data
|
||||||
|
// members must be initialized with the InitTextInfo(&this) function.
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagCxTextInfo
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#if defined (_WIN32_WCE)
|
||||||
|
TCHAR text[256]; ///< text for windows CE
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
TCHAR text[4096]; ///< text (char -> TCHAR for UNICODE [Cesar M])
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
LOGFONT lfont; ///< font and codepage data
|
||||||
|
COLORREF fcolor; ///< foreground color
|
||||||
|
int32_t align; ///< DT_CENTER, DT_RIGHT, DT_LEFT aligment for multiline text
|
||||||
|
uint8_t smooth; ///< text smoothing option. Default is false.
|
||||||
|
uint8_t opaque; ///< text has background or hasn't. Default is true.
|
||||||
|
///< data for background (ignored if .opaque==FALSE)
|
||||||
|
COLORREF bcolor; ///< background color
|
||||||
|
float b_opacity; ///< opacity value for background between 0.0-1.0 Default is 0. (opaque)
|
||||||
|
uint8_t b_outline; ///< outline width for background (zero: no outline)
|
||||||
|
uint8_t b_round; ///< rounding radius for background rectangle. % of the height, between 0-50. Default is 10.
|
||||||
|
///< (backgr. always has a frame: width = 3 pixel + 10% of height by default.)
|
||||||
|
} CXTEXTINFO;
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Constructors */ //@{
|
||||||
|
CxImage(uint32_t imagetype = 0);
|
||||||
|
CxImage(uint32_t dwWidth, uint32_t dwHeight, uint32_t wBpp, uint32_t imagetype = 0);
|
||||||
|
CxImage(const CxImage &src, bool copypixels = true, bool copyselection = true, bool copyalpha = true);
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_DECODE
|
||||||
|
CxImage(const TCHAR * filename, uint32_t imagetype); // For UNICODE support: char -> TCHAR
|
||||||
|
CxImage(FILE * stream, uint32_t imagetype);
|
||||||
|
CxImage(CxFile * stream, uint32_t imagetype);
|
||||||
|
CxImage(uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t size, uint32_t imagetype);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
virtual ~CxImage() { DestroyFrames(); Destroy(); };
|
||||||
|
CxImage& operator = (const CxImage&);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Initialization */ //@{
|
||||||
|
void* Create(uint32_t dwWidth, uint32_t dwHeight, uint32_t wBpp, uint32_t imagetype = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool Destroy();
|
||||||
|
bool DestroyFrames();
|
||||||
|
void Clear(uint8_t bval=0);
|
||||||
|
void Copy(const CxImage &src, bool copypixels = true, bool copyselection = true, bool copyalpha = true);
|
||||||
|
bool Transfer(CxImage &from, bool bTransferFrames = true);
|
||||||
|
bool CreateFromArray(uint8_t* pArray,uint32_t dwWidth,uint32_t dwHeight,uint32_t dwBitsperpixel, uint32_t dwBytesperline, bool bFlipImage);
|
||||||
|
bool CreateFromMatrix(uint8_t** ppMatrix,uint32_t dwWidth,uint32_t dwHeight,uint32_t dwBitsperpixel, uint32_t dwBytesperline, bool bFlipImage);
|
||||||
|
void FreeMemory(void* memblock);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uint32_t Dump(uint8_t * dst);
|
||||||
|
uint32_t UnDump(const uint8_t * src);
|
||||||
|
uint32_t DumpSize();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Attributes */ //@{
|
||||||
|
int32_t GetSize();
|
||||||
|
uint8_t* GetBits(uint32_t row = 0);
|
||||||
|
uint8_t GetColorType();
|
||||||
|
void* GetDIB() const;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t GetHeight() const;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t GetWidth() const;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t GetEffWidth() const;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t GetNumColors() const;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t GetBpp() const;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t GetType() const;
|
||||||
|
const char* GetLastError();
|
||||||
|
static const TCHAR* GetVersion();
|
||||||
|
static const float GetVersionNumber();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uint32_t GetFrameDelay() const;
|
||||||
|
void SetFrameDelay(uint32_t d);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void GetOffset(int32_t *x,int32_t *y);
|
||||||
|
void SetOffset(int32_t x,int32_t y);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uint8_t GetJpegQuality() const;
|
||||||
|
void SetJpegQuality(uint8_t q);
|
||||||
|
float GetJpegQualityF() const;
|
||||||
|
void SetJpegQualityF(float q);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uint8_t GetJpegScale() const;
|
||||||
|
void SetJpegScale(uint8_t q);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_EXIF
|
||||||
|
EXIFINFO *GetExifInfo() {return &info.ExifInfo;};
|
||||||
|
bool GetExifThumbnail(const TCHAR *filename, const TCHAR *outname, int32_t imageType);
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TRANSFORMATION
|
||||||
|
bool RotateExif(int32_t orientation = 0);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int32_t GetXDPI() const;
|
||||||
|
int32_t GetYDPI() const;
|
||||||
|
void SetXDPI(int32_t dpi);
|
||||||
|
void SetYDPI(int32_t dpi);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uint32_t GetClrImportant() const;
|
||||||
|
void SetClrImportant(uint32_t ncolors = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int32_t GetProgress() const;
|
||||||
|
int32_t GetEscape() const;
|
||||||
|
void SetProgress(int32_t p);
|
||||||
|
void SetEscape(int32_t i);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int32_t GetTransIndex() const;
|
||||||
|
RGBQUAD GetTransColor();
|
||||||
|
void SetTransIndex(int32_t idx);
|
||||||
|
void SetTransColor(RGBQUAD rgb);
|
||||||
|
bool IsTransparent() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uint32_t GetCodecOption(uint32_t imagetype = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool SetCodecOption(uint32_t opt, uint32_t imagetype = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uint32_t GetFlags() const;
|
||||||
|
void SetFlags(uint32_t flags, bool bLockReservedFlags = true);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uint8_t GetDisposalMethod() const;
|
||||||
|
void SetDisposalMethod(uint8_t dm);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool SetType(uint32_t type);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static uint32_t GetNumTypes();
|
||||||
|
static uint32_t GetTypeIdFromName(const TCHAR* ext);
|
||||||
|
static uint32_t GetTypeIdFromIndex(const uint32_t index);
|
||||||
|
static uint32_t GetTypeIndexFromId(const uint32_t id);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool GetRetreiveAllFrames() const;
|
||||||
|
void SetRetreiveAllFrames(bool flag);
|
||||||
|
CxImage * GetFrame(int32_t nFrame) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//void* GetUserData() const {return info.pUserData;}
|
||||||
|
//void SetUserData(void* pUserData) {info.pUserData = pUserData;}
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Palette
|
||||||
|
* These functions have no effects on RGB images and in this case the returned value is always 0.
|
||||||
|
* @{ */
|
||||||
|
bool IsGrayScale();
|
||||||
|
bool IsIndexed() const;
|
||||||
|
bool IsSamePalette(CxImage &img, bool bCheckAlpha = true);
|
||||||
|
uint32_t GetPaletteSize();
|
||||||
|
RGBQUAD* GetPalette() const;
|
||||||
|
RGBQUAD GetPaletteColor(uint8_t idx);
|
||||||
|
bool GetPaletteColor(uint8_t i, uint8_t* r, uint8_t* g, uint8_t* b);
|
||||||
|
uint8_t GetNearestIndex(RGBQUAD c);
|
||||||
|
void BlendPalette(COLORREF cr,int32_t perc);
|
||||||
|
void SetGrayPalette();
|
||||||
|
void SetPalette(uint32_t n, uint8_t *r, uint8_t *g, uint8_t *b);
|
||||||
|
void SetPalette(RGBQUAD* pPal,uint32_t nColors=256);
|
||||||
|
void SetPalette(rgb_color *rgb,uint32_t nColors=256);
|
||||||
|
void SetPaletteColor(uint8_t idx, uint8_t r, uint8_t g, uint8_t b, uint8_t alpha=0);
|
||||||
|
void SetPaletteColor(uint8_t idx, RGBQUAD c);
|
||||||
|
void SetPaletteColor(uint8_t idx, COLORREF cr);
|
||||||
|
void SwapIndex(uint8_t idx1, uint8_t idx2);
|
||||||
|
void SwapRGB2BGR();
|
||||||
|
void SetStdPalette();
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Pixel */ //@{
|
||||||
|
bool IsInside(int32_t x, int32_t y);
|
||||||
|
bool IsTransparent(int32_t x,int32_t y);
|
||||||
|
bool GetTransparentMask(CxImage* iDst = 0);
|
||||||
|
RGBQUAD GetPixelColor(int32_t x,int32_t y, bool bGetAlpha = true);
|
||||||
|
uint8_t GetPixelIndex(int32_t x,int32_t y);
|
||||||
|
uint8_t GetPixelGray(int32_t x, int32_t y);
|
||||||
|
void SetPixelColor(int32_t x,int32_t y,RGBQUAD c, bool bSetAlpha = false);
|
||||||
|
void SetPixelColor(int32_t x,int32_t y,COLORREF cr);
|
||||||
|
void SetPixelIndex(int32_t x,int32_t y,uint8_t i);
|
||||||
|
void DrawLine(int32_t StartX, int32_t EndX, int32_t StartY, int32_t EndY, RGBQUAD color, bool bSetAlpha=false);
|
||||||
|
void DrawLine(int32_t StartX, int32_t EndX, int32_t StartY, int32_t EndY, COLORREF cr);
|
||||||
|
void BlendPixelColor(int32_t x,int32_t y,RGBQUAD c, float blend, bool bSetAlpha = false);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Protected */ //@{
|
||||||
|
uint8_t BlindGetPixelIndex(const int32_t x,const int32_t y);
|
||||||
|
RGBQUAD BlindGetPixelColor(const int32_t x,const int32_t y, bool bGetAlpha = true);
|
||||||
|
void *BlindGetPixelPointer(const int32_t x,const int32_t y);
|
||||||
|
void BlindSetPixelColor(int32_t x,int32_t y,RGBQUAD c, bool bSetAlpha = false);
|
||||||
|
void BlindSetPixelIndex(int32_t x,int32_t y,uint8_t i);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_INTERPOLATION
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Interpolation */ //@{
|
||||||
|
//overflow methods:
|
||||||
|
enum OverflowMethod {
|
||||||
|
OM_COLOR=1,
|
||||||
|
OM_BACKGROUND=2,
|
||||||
|
OM_TRANSPARENT=3,
|
||||||
|
OM_WRAP=4,
|
||||||
|
OM_REPEAT=5,
|
||||||
|
OM_MIRROR=6
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
void OverflowCoordinates(float &x, float &y, OverflowMethod const ofMethod);
|
||||||
|
void OverflowCoordinates(int32_t &x, int32_t &y, OverflowMethod const ofMethod);
|
||||||
|
RGBQUAD GetPixelColorWithOverflow(int32_t x, int32_t y, OverflowMethod const ofMethod=OM_BACKGROUND, RGBQUAD* const rplColor=0);
|
||||||
|
//interpolation methods:
|
||||||
|
enum InterpolationMethod {
|
||||||
|
IM_NEAREST_NEIGHBOUR=1,
|
||||||
|
IM_BILINEAR =2,
|
||||||
|
IM_BSPLINE =3,
|
||||||
|
IM_BICUBIC =4,
|
||||||
|
IM_BICUBIC2 =5,
|
||||||
|
IM_LANCZOS =6,
|
||||||
|
IM_BOX =7,
|
||||||
|
IM_HERMITE =8,
|
||||||
|
IM_HAMMING =9,
|
||||||
|
IM_SINC =10,
|
||||||
|
IM_BLACKMAN =11,
|
||||||
|
IM_BESSEL =12,
|
||||||
|
IM_GAUSSIAN =13,
|
||||||
|
IM_QUADRATIC =14,
|
||||||
|
IM_MITCHELL =15,
|
||||||
|
IM_CATROM =16,
|
||||||
|
IM_HANNING =17,
|
||||||
|
IM_POWER =18
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
RGBQUAD GetPixelColorInterpolated(float x,float y, InterpolationMethod const inMethod=IM_BILINEAR, OverflowMethod const ofMethod=OM_BACKGROUND, RGBQUAD* const rplColor=0);
|
||||||
|
RGBQUAD GetAreaColorInterpolated(float const xc, float const yc, float const w, float const h, InterpolationMethod const inMethod, OverflowMethod const ofMethod=OM_BACKGROUND, RGBQUAD* const rplColor=0);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Protected */ //@{
|
||||||
|
void AddAveragingCont(RGBQUAD const &color, float const surf, float &rr, float &gg, float &bb, float &aa);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Kernels */ //@{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
static float KernelBSpline(const float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelLinear(const float t);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelCubic(const float t);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelGeneralizedCubic(const float t, const float a=-1);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelLanczosSinc(const float t, const float r = 3);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelBox(const float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelHermite(const float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelHamming(const float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelSinc(const float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelBlackman(const float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelBessel_J1(const float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelBessel_P1(const float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelBessel_Q1(const float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelBessel_Order1(float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelBessel(const float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelGaussian(const float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelQuadratic(const float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelMitchell(const float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelCatrom(const float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelHanning(const float x);
|
||||||
|
static float KernelPower(const float x, const float a = 2);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
#endif //CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_INTERPOLATION
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Painting */ //@{
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WINDOWS
|
||||||
|
int32_t Blt(HDC pDC, int32_t x=0, int32_t y=0);
|
||||||
|
HBITMAP Draw2HBITMAP(HDC hdc, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t cx, int32_t cy, RECT* pClipRect, bool bSmooth);
|
||||||
|
HBITMAP MakeBitmap(HDC hdc = NULL, bool bTransparency = false);
|
||||||
|
HICON MakeIcon(HDC hdc = NULL, bool bTransparency = false);
|
||||||
|
HANDLE CopyToHandle();
|
||||||
|
bool CreateFromHANDLE(HANDLE hMem); //Windows objects (clipboard)
|
||||||
|
bool CreateFromHBITMAP(HBITMAP hbmp, HPALETTE hpal=0, bool bTransparency = false); //Windows resource
|
||||||
|
bool CreateFromHICON(HICON hico, bool bTransparency = false);
|
||||||
|
int32_t Draw(HDC hdc, int32_t x=0, int32_t y=0, int32_t cx = -1, int32_t cy = -1, RECT* pClipRect = 0, bool bSmooth = false, bool bFlipY = false);
|
||||||
|
int32_t Draw(HDC hdc, const RECT& rect, RECT* pClipRect=NULL, bool bSmooth = false, bool bFlipY = false);
|
||||||
|
int32_t Stretch(HDC hdc, int32_t xoffset, int32_t yoffset, int32_t xsize, int32_t ysize, uint32_t dwRop = SRCCOPY);
|
||||||
|
int32_t Stretch(HDC hdc, const RECT& rect, uint32_t dwRop = SRCCOPY);
|
||||||
|
int32_t Tile(HDC hdc, RECT *rc);
|
||||||
|
int32_t Draw2(HDC hdc, int32_t x=0, int32_t y=0, int32_t cx = -1, int32_t cy = -1);
|
||||||
|
int32_t Draw2(HDC hdc, const RECT& rect);
|
||||||
|
//int32_t DrawString(HDC hdc, int32_t x, int32_t y, const char* text, RGBQUAD color, const char* font, int32_t lSize=0, int32_t lWeight=400, uint8_t bItalic=0, uint8_t bUnderline=0, bool bSetAlpha=false);
|
||||||
|
int32_t DrawString(HDC hdc, int32_t x, int32_t y, const TCHAR* text, RGBQUAD color, const TCHAR* font, int32_t lSize=0, int32_t lWeight=400, uint8_t bItalic=0, uint8_t bUnderline=0, bool bSetAlpha=false);
|
||||||
|
// <VATI> extensions
|
||||||
|
int32_t DrawStringEx(HDC hdc, int32_t x, int32_t y, CXTEXTINFO *pTextType, bool bSetAlpha=false );
|
||||||
|
void InitTextInfo( CXTEXTINFO *txt );
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
bool IsHBITMAPAlphaValid( HBITMAP hbmp );
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
#endif //CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WINDOWS
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// file operations
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_DECODE
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Decode */ //@{
|
||||||
|
#ifdef WIN32
|
||||||
|
//bool Load(LPCWSTR filename, uint32_t imagetype=0);
|
||||||
|
bool LoadResource(HRSRC hRes, uint32_t imagetype, HMODULE hModule=NULL);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
// For UNICODE support: char -> TCHAR
|
||||||
|
bool Load(const TCHAR* filename, uint32_t imagetype=0);
|
||||||
|
//bool Load(const char * filename, uint32_t imagetype=0);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE * hFile, uint32_t imagetype);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile, uint32_t imagetype);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t size, uint32_t imagetype);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool CheckFormat(CxFile * hFile, uint32_t imagetype = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool CheckFormat(uint8_t * buffer, uint32_t size, uint32_t imagetype = 0);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
#endif //CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_DECODE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Protected */ //@{
|
||||||
|
bool EncodeSafeCheck(CxFile *hFile);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Encode */ //@{
|
||||||
|
#ifdef WIN32
|
||||||
|
//bool Save(LPCWSTR filename, uint32_t imagetype=0);
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
// For UNICODE support: char -> TCHAR
|
||||||
|
bool Save(const TCHAR* filename, uint32_t imagetype);
|
||||||
|
//bool Save(const char * filename, uint32_t imagetype=0);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE * hFile, uint32_t imagetype);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile, uint32_t imagetype);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile, CxImage ** pImages, int32_t pagecount, uint32_t imagetype);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile, CxImage ** pImages, int32_t pagecount, uint32_t imagetype);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(uint8_t * &buffer, int32_t &size, uint32_t imagetype);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Encode2RGBA(CxFile *hFile, bool bFlipY = false);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode2RGBA(uint8_t * &buffer, int32_t &size, bool bFlipY = false);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
#endif //CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Attributes */ //@{
|
||||||
|
//misc.
|
||||||
|
bool IsValid() const;
|
||||||
|
bool IsEnabled() const;
|
||||||
|
void Enable(bool enable=true);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// frame operations
|
||||||
|
int32_t GetNumFrames() const;
|
||||||
|
int32_t GetFrame() const;
|
||||||
|
void SetFrame(int32_t nFrame);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_BASICTRANSFORMATIONS
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup BasicTransformations */ //@{
|
||||||
|
bool GrayScale();
|
||||||
|
bool Flip(bool bFlipSelection = false, bool bFlipAlpha = true);
|
||||||
|
bool Mirror(bool bMirrorSelection = false, bool bMirrorAlpha = true);
|
||||||
|
bool Negative();
|
||||||
|
bool RotateLeft(CxImage* iDst = NULL);
|
||||||
|
bool RotateRight(CxImage* iDst = NULL);
|
||||||
|
bool IncreaseBpp(uint32_t nbit);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
#endif //CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_BASICTRANSFORMATIONS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TRANSFORMATION
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Transformations */ //@{
|
||||||
|
// image operations
|
||||||
|
bool Rotate(float angle, CxImage* iDst = NULL);
|
||||||
|
bool Rotate2(float angle, CxImage *iDst = NULL, InterpolationMethod inMethod=IM_BILINEAR,
|
||||||
|
OverflowMethod ofMethod=OM_BACKGROUND, RGBQUAD *replColor=0,
|
||||||
|
bool const optimizeRightAngles=true, bool const bKeepOriginalSize=false);
|
||||||
|
bool Rotate180(CxImage* iDst = NULL);
|
||||||
|
bool Resample(int32_t newx, int32_t newy, int32_t mode = 1, CxImage* iDst = NULL);
|
||||||
|
bool Resample2(int32_t newx, int32_t newy, InterpolationMethod const inMethod=IM_BICUBIC2,
|
||||||
|
OverflowMethod const ofMethod=OM_REPEAT, CxImage* const iDst = NULL,
|
||||||
|
bool const disableAveraging=false);
|
||||||
|
bool DecreaseBpp(uint32_t nbit, bool errordiffusion, RGBQUAD* ppal = 0, uint32_t clrimportant = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool Dither(int32_t method = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool Crop(int32_t left, int32_t top, int32_t right, int32_t bottom, CxImage* iDst = NULL);
|
||||||
|
bool Crop(const RECT& rect, CxImage* iDst = NULL);
|
||||||
|
bool CropRotatedRectangle( int32_t topx, int32_t topy, int32_t width, int32_t height, float angle, CxImage* iDst = NULL);
|
||||||
|
bool Skew(float xgain, float ygain, int32_t xpivot=0, int32_t ypivot=0, bool bEnableInterpolation = false);
|
||||||
|
bool Expand(int32_t left, int32_t top, int32_t right, int32_t bottom, RGBQUAD canvascolor, CxImage* iDst = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool Expand(int32_t newx, int32_t newy, RGBQUAD canvascolor, CxImage* iDst = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool Thumbnail(int32_t newx, int32_t newy, RGBQUAD canvascolor, CxImage* iDst = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool CircleTransform(int32_t type,int32_t rmax=0,float Koeff=1.0f);
|
||||||
|
bool QIShrink(int32_t newx, int32_t newy, CxImage* const iDst = NULL, bool bChangeBpp = false);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
#endif //CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TRANSFORMATION
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_DSP
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup DSP */ //@{
|
||||||
|
bool Contour();
|
||||||
|
bool HistogramStretch(int32_t method = 0, double threshold = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool HistogramEqualize();
|
||||||
|
bool HistogramNormalize();
|
||||||
|
bool HistogramRoot();
|
||||||
|
bool HistogramLog();
|
||||||
|
int32_t Histogram(int32_t* red, int32_t* green = 0, int32_t* blue = 0, int32_t* gray = 0, int32_t colorspace = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool Jitter(int32_t radius=2);
|
||||||
|
bool Repair(float radius = 0.25f, int32_t niterations = 1, int32_t colorspace = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool Combine(CxImage* r,CxImage* g,CxImage* b,CxImage* a, int32_t colorspace = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool FFT2(CxImage* srcReal, CxImage* srcImag, CxImage* dstReal, CxImage* dstImag, int32_t direction = 1, bool bForceFFT = true, bool bMagnitude = true);
|
||||||
|
bool Noise(int32_t level);
|
||||||
|
bool Median(int32_t Ksize=3);
|
||||||
|
bool Gamma(float gamma);
|
||||||
|
bool GammaRGB(float gammaR, float gammaG, float gammaB);
|
||||||
|
bool ShiftRGB(int32_t r, int32_t g, int32_t b);
|
||||||
|
bool Threshold(uint8_t level);
|
||||||
|
bool Threshold(CxImage* pThresholdMask);
|
||||||
|
bool Threshold2(uint8_t level, bool bDirection, RGBQUAD nBkgndColor, bool bSetAlpha = false);
|
||||||
|
bool Colorize(uint8_t hue, uint8_t sat, float blend = 1.0f);
|
||||||
|
bool Light(int32_t brightness, int32_t contrast = 0);
|
||||||
|
float Mean();
|
||||||
|
bool Filter(int32_t* kernel, int32_t Ksize, int32_t Kfactor, int32_t Koffset);
|
||||||
|
bool Erode(int32_t Ksize=2);
|
||||||
|
bool Dilate(int32_t Ksize=2);
|
||||||
|
bool Edge(int32_t Ksize=2);
|
||||||
|
void HuePalette(float correction=1);
|
||||||
|
enum ImageOpType { OpAdd, OpAnd, OpXor, OpOr, OpMask, OpSrcCopy, OpDstCopy, OpSub, OpSrcBlend, OpScreen, OpAvg, OpBlendAlpha };
|
||||||
|
void Mix(CxImage & imgsrc2, ImageOpType op, int32_t lXOffset = 0, int32_t lYOffset = 0, bool bMixAlpha = false);
|
||||||
|
void MixFrom(CxImage & imagesrc2, int32_t lXOffset, int32_t lYOffset);
|
||||||
|
bool UnsharpMask(float radius = 5.0f, float amount = 0.5f, int32_t threshold = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool Lut(uint8_t* pLut);
|
||||||
|
bool Lut(uint8_t* pLutR, uint8_t* pLutG, uint8_t* pLutB, uint8_t* pLutA = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool GaussianBlur(float radius = 1.0f, CxImage* iDst = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool TextBlur(uint8_t threshold = 100, uint8_t decay = 2, uint8_t max_depth = 5, bool bBlurHorizontal = true, bool bBlurVertical = true, CxImage* iDst = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool SelectiveBlur(float radius = 1.0f, uint8_t threshold = 25, CxImage* iDst = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool Solarize(uint8_t level = 128, bool bLinkedChannels = true);
|
||||||
|
bool FloodFill(const int32_t xStart, const int32_t yStart, const RGBQUAD cFillColor, const uint8_t tolerance = 0,
|
||||||
|
uint8_t nOpacity = 255, const bool bSelectFilledArea = false, const uint8_t nSelectionLevel = 255);
|
||||||
|
bool Saturate(const int32_t saturation, const int32_t colorspace = 1);
|
||||||
|
bool ConvertColorSpace(const int32_t dstColorSpace, const int32_t srcColorSpace);
|
||||||
|
int32_t OptimalThreshold(int32_t method = 0, RECT * pBox = 0, CxImage* pContrastMask = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool AdaptiveThreshold(int32_t method = 0, int32_t nBoxSize = 64, CxImage* pContrastMask = 0, int32_t nBias = 0, float fGlobalLocalBalance = 0.5f);
|
||||||
|
bool RedEyeRemove(float strength = 0.8f);
|
||||||
|
bool Trace(RGBQUAD color_target, RGBQUAD color_trace);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Protected */ //@{
|
||||||
|
bool IsPowerof2(int32_t x);
|
||||||
|
bool FFT(int32_t dir,int32_t m,double *x,double *y);
|
||||||
|
bool DFT(int32_t dir,int32_t m,double *x1,double *y1,double *x2,double *y2);
|
||||||
|
bool RepairChannel(CxImage *ch, float radius);
|
||||||
|
// <nipper>
|
||||||
|
int32_t gen_convolve_matrix (float radius, float **cmatrix_p);
|
||||||
|
float* gen_lookup_table (float *cmatrix, int32_t cmatrix_length);
|
||||||
|
void blur_line (float *ctable, float *cmatrix, int32_t cmatrix_length, uint8_t* cur_col, uint8_t* dest_col, int32_t y, int32_t bytes);
|
||||||
|
void blur_text (uint8_t threshold, uint8_t decay, uint8_t max_depth, CxImage* iSrc, CxImage* iDst, uint8_t bytes);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup ColorSpace */ //@{
|
||||||
|
bool SplitRGB(CxImage* r,CxImage* g,CxImage* b);
|
||||||
|
bool SplitYUV(CxImage* y,CxImage* u,CxImage* v);
|
||||||
|
bool SplitHSL(CxImage* h,CxImage* s,CxImage* l);
|
||||||
|
bool SplitYIQ(CxImage* y,CxImage* i,CxImage* q);
|
||||||
|
bool SplitXYZ(CxImage* x,CxImage* y,CxImage* z);
|
||||||
|
bool SplitCMYK(CxImage* c,CxImage* m,CxImage* y,CxImage* k);
|
||||||
|
static RGBQUAD HSLtoRGB(COLORREF cHSLColor);
|
||||||
|
static RGBQUAD RGBtoHSL(RGBQUAD lRGBColor);
|
||||||
|
static RGBQUAD HSLtoRGB(RGBQUAD lHSLColor);
|
||||||
|
static RGBQUAD YUVtoRGB(RGBQUAD lYUVColor);
|
||||||
|
static RGBQUAD RGBtoYUV(RGBQUAD lRGBColor);
|
||||||
|
static RGBQUAD YIQtoRGB(RGBQUAD lYIQColor);
|
||||||
|
static RGBQUAD RGBtoYIQ(RGBQUAD lRGBColor);
|
||||||
|
static RGBQUAD XYZtoRGB(RGBQUAD lXYZColor);
|
||||||
|
static RGBQUAD RGBtoXYZ(RGBQUAD lRGBColor);
|
||||||
|
#endif //CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_DSP
|
||||||
|
static RGBQUAD RGBtoRGBQUAD(COLORREF cr);
|
||||||
|
static COLORREF RGBQUADtoRGB (RGBQUAD c);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Selection */ //@{
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionIsValid();
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_SELECTION
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionClear(uint8_t level = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionCreate();
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionDelete();
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionInvert();
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionMirror();
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionFlip();
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionAddRect(RECT r, uint8_t level = 255);
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionAddEllipse(RECT r, uint8_t level = 255);
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionAddPolygon(POINT *points, int32_t npoints, uint8_t level = 255);
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionAddColor(RGBQUAD c, uint8_t level = 255);
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionAddPixel(int32_t x, int32_t y, uint8_t level = 255);
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionCopy(CxImage &from);
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionIsInside(int32_t x, int32_t y);
|
||||||
|
void SelectionGetBox(RECT& r);
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionToHRGN(HRGN& region);
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionSplit(CxImage *dest);
|
||||||
|
uint8_t SelectionGet(const int32_t x,const int32_t y);
|
||||||
|
bool SelectionSet(CxImage &from);
|
||||||
|
void SelectionRebuildBox();
|
||||||
|
uint8_t* SelectionGetPointer(const int32_t x = 0,const int32_t y = 0);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Protected */ //@{
|
||||||
|
bool BlindSelectionIsInside(int32_t x, int32_t y);
|
||||||
|
uint8_t BlindSelectionGet(const int32_t x,const int32_t y);
|
||||||
|
void SelectionSet(const int32_t x,const int32_t y,const uint8_t level);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif //CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_SELECTION
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ALPHA
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Alpha */ //@{
|
||||||
|
void AlphaClear();
|
||||||
|
bool AlphaCreate();
|
||||||
|
void AlphaDelete();
|
||||||
|
void AlphaInvert();
|
||||||
|
bool AlphaMirror();
|
||||||
|
bool AlphaFlip();
|
||||||
|
bool AlphaCopy(CxImage &from);
|
||||||
|
bool AlphaSplit(CxImage *dest);
|
||||||
|
void AlphaStrip();
|
||||||
|
void AlphaSet(uint8_t level);
|
||||||
|
bool AlphaSet(CxImage &from);
|
||||||
|
void AlphaSet(const int32_t x,const int32_t y,const uint8_t level);
|
||||||
|
uint8_t AlphaGet(const int32_t x,const int32_t y);
|
||||||
|
uint8_t AlphaGetMax() const;
|
||||||
|
void AlphaSetMax(uint8_t nAlphaMax);
|
||||||
|
bool AlphaIsValid();
|
||||||
|
uint8_t* AlphaGetPointer(const int32_t x = 0,const int32_t y = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool AlphaFromTransparency();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void AlphaPaletteClear();
|
||||||
|
void AlphaPaletteEnable(bool enable=true);
|
||||||
|
bool AlphaPaletteIsEnabled();
|
||||||
|
bool AlphaPaletteIsValid();
|
||||||
|
bool AlphaPaletteSplit(CxImage *dest);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Protected */ //@{
|
||||||
|
uint8_t BlindAlphaGet(const int32_t x,const int32_t y);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
#endif //CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ALPHA
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_LAYERS
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Layers */ //@{
|
||||||
|
bool LayerCreate(int32_t position = -1);
|
||||||
|
bool LayerDelete(int32_t position = -1);
|
||||||
|
void LayerDeleteAll();
|
||||||
|
CxImage* GetLayer(int32_t position);
|
||||||
|
CxImage* GetParent() const;
|
||||||
|
int32_t GetNumLayers() const;
|
||||||
|
int32_t LayerDrawAll(HDC hdc, int32_t x=0, int32_t y=0, int32_t cx = -1, int32_t cy = -1, RECT* pClipRect = 0, bool bSmooth = false);
|
||||||
|
int32_t LayerDrawAll(HDC hdc, const RECT& rect, RECT* pClipRect=NULL, bool bSmooth = false);
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
#endif //CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_LAYERS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
/** \addtogroup Protected */ //@{
|
||||||
|
void Startup(uint32_t imagetype = 0);
|
||||||
|
void CopyInfo(const CxImage &src);
|
||||||
|
void Ghost(const CxImage *src);
|
||||||
|
void RGBtoBGR(uint8_t *buffer, int32_t length);
|
||||||
|
static float HueToRGB(float n1,float n2, float hue);
|
||||||
|
void Bitfield2RGB(uint8_t *src, uint32_t redmask, uint32_t greenmask, uint32_t bluemask, uint8_t bpp);
|
||||||
|
static int32_t CompareColors(const void *elem1, const void *elem2);
|
||||||
|
int16_t m_ntohs(const int16_t word);
|
||||||
|
int32_t m_ntohl(const int32_t dword);
|
||||||
|
void bihtoh(BITMAPINFOHEADER* bih);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void* pDib; //contains the header, the palette, the pixels
|
||||||
|
BITMAPINFOHEADER head; //standard header
|
||||||
|
CXIMAGEINFO info; //extended information
|
||||||
|
uint8_t* pSelection; //selected region
|
||||||
|
uint8_t* pAlpha; //alpha channel
|
||||||
|
CxImage** ppLayers; //generic layers
|
||||||
|
CxImage** ppFrames;
|
||||||
|
//@}
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
#endif // !defined(__CXIMAGE_H)
|
||||||
244
cximage/ximagif.h
Normal file
244
cximage/ximagif.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximagif.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: GIF Image Class Loader and Writer
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
* CxImageGIF (c) 07/Aug/2001 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in ximage.h
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Special thanks to Troels Knakkergaard for new features, enhancements and bugfixes
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* original CImageGIF and CImageIterator implementation are:
|
||||||
|
* Copyright: (c) 1995, Alejandro Aguilar Sierra <asierra(at)servidor(dot)unam(dot)mx>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* 6/15/97 Randy Spann: Added GIF87a writing support
|
||||||
|
* R.Spann@ConnRiver.net
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* DECODE.C - An LZW decoder for GIF
|
||||||
|
* Copyright (C) 1987, by Steven A. Bennett
|
||||||
|
* Copyright (C) 1994, C++ version by Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* In accordance with the above, I want to credit Steve Wilhite who wrote
|
||||||
|
* the code which this is heavily inspired by...
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* GIF and 'Graphics Interchange Format' are trademarks (tm) of
|
||||||
|
* Compuserve, Incorporated, an H&R Block Company.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Release Notes: This file contains a decoder routine for GIF images
|
||||||
|
* which is similar, structurally, to the original routine by Steve Wilhite.
|
||||||
|
* It is, however, somewhat noticably faster in most cases.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximaGIF_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximaGIF_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_GIF
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef int16_t code_int;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Various error codes used by decoder */
|
||||||
|
#define OUT_OF_MEMORY -10
|
||||||
|
#define BAD_CODE_SIZE -20
|
||||||
|
#define READ_ERROR -1
|
||||||
|
#define WRITE_ERROR -2
|
||||||
|
#define OPEN_ERROR -3
|
||||||
|
#define CREATE_ERROR -4
|
||||||
|
#define BAD_LINE_WIDTH -5
|
||||||
|
#define MAX_CODES 4095
|
||||||
|
#define GIFBUFTAM 16383
|
||||||
|
#define TRANSPARENCY_CODE 0xF9
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//LZW GIF Image compression
|
||||||
|
#define MAXBITSCODES 12
|
||||||
|
#define HSIZE 5003 /* 80% occupancy */
|
||||||
|
#define MAXCODE(n_bits) (((code_int) 1 << (n_bits)) - 1)
|
||||||
|
#define HashTabOf(i) htab[i]
|
||||||
|
#define CodeTabOf(i) codetab[i]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CImageIterator;
|
||||||
|
class DLL_EXP CxImageGIF: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#pragma pack(1)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tag_gifgce{
|
||||||
|
uint8_t flags; /*res:3|dispmeth:3|userinputflag:1|transpcolflag:1*/
|
||||||
|
uint16_t delaytime;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t transpcolindex;
|
||||||
|
} struct_gifgce;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tag_dscgif{ /* Logic Screen Descriptor */
|
||||||
|
char header[6]; /* Firma and version */
|
||||||
|
uint16_t scrwidth;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t scrheight;
|
||||||
|
char pflds;
|
||||||
|
char bcindx;
|
||||||
|
char pxasrat;
|
||||||
|
} struct_dscgif;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tag_image{ /* Image Descriptor */
|
||||||
|
uint16_t l;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t t;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t w;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t h;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t pf;
|
||||||
|
} struct_image;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tag_TabCol{ /* Tabla de colores */
|
||||||
|
int16_t colres; /* color resolution */
|
||||||
|
int16_t sogct; /* size of global color table */
|
||||||
|
rgb_color paleta[256]; /* paleta */
|
||||||
|
} struct_TabCol;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tag_RLE{
|
||||||
|
int32_t rl_pixel;
|
||||||
|
int32_t rl_basecode;
|
||||||
|
int32_t rl_count;
|
||||||
|
int32_t rl_table_pixel;
|
||||||
|
int32_t rl_table_max;
|
||||||
|
int32_t just_cleared;
|
||||||
|
int32_t out_bits;
|
||||||
|
int32_t out_bits_init;
|
||||||
|
int32_t out_count;
|
||||||
|
int32_t out_bump;
|
||||||
|
int32_t out_bump_init;
|
||||||
|
int32_t out_clear;
|
||||||
|
int32_t out_clear_init;
|
||||||
|
int32_t max_ocodes;
|
||||||
|
int32_t code_clear;
|
||||||
|
int32_t code_eof;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t obuf;
|
||||||
|
int32_t obits;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t oblock[256];
|
||||||
|
int32_t oblen;
|
||||||
|
} struct_RLE;
|
||||||
|
#pragma pack()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImageGIF();
|
||||||
|
~CxImageGIF();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// bool Load(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Load(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_GIF);}
|
||||||
|
// bool Save(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Save(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_GIF);}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * fp);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *fp) { CxIOFile file(fp); return Decode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * fp);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * fp, CxImage ** pImages, int32_t pagecount, bool bLocalColorMap = false, bool bLocalDispMeth = false);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *fp) { CxIOFile file(fp); return Encode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *fp, CxImage ** pImages, int32_t pagecount, bool bLocalColorMap = false)
|
||||||
|
{ CxIOFile file(fp); return Encode(&file, pImages, pagecount, bLocalColorMap); }
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void SetLoops(int32_t loops);
|
||||||
|
int32_t GetLoops();
|
||||||
|
void SetComment(const char* sz_comment_in);
|
||||||
|
void GetComment(char* sz_comment_out);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
bool DecodeExtension(CxFile *fp);
|
||||||
|
void EncodeHeader(CxFile *fp);
|
||||||
|
void EncodeLoopExtension(CxFile *fp);
|
||||||
|
void EncodeExtension(CxFile *fp);
|
||||||
|
void EncodeBody(CxFile *fp, bool bLocalColorMap = false);
|
||||||
|
void EncodeComment(CxFile *fp);
|
||||||
|
bool EncodeRGB(CxFile *fp);
|
||||||
|
void GifMix(CxImage & imgsrc2, struct_image & imgdesc);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
struct_gifgce gifgce;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int32_t curx, cury;
|
||||||
|
int32_t CountDown;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t cur_accum;
|
||||||
|
int32_t cur_bits;
|
||||||
|
int32_t interlaced, iypos, istep, iheight, ipass;
|
||||||
|
int32_t ibf;
|
||||||
|
int32_t ibfmax;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t * buf;
|
||||||
|
// Implementation
|
||||||
|
int32_t GifNextPixel ();
|
||||||
|
void Putword (int32_t w, CxFile* fp );
|
||||||
|
void compressNONE (int32_t init_bits, CxFile* outfile);
|
||||||
|
void compressLZW (int32_t init_bits, CxFile* outfile);
|
||||||
|
void output (code_int code );
|
||||||
|
void cl_hash (int32_t hsize);
|
||||||
|
void char_out (int32_t c);
|
||||||
|
void flush_char ();
|
||||||
|
int16_t init_exp(int16_t size);
|
||||||
|
int16_t get_next_code(CxFile*);
|
||||||
|
int16_t decoder(CxFile*, CImageIterator* iter, int16_t linewidth, int32_t &bad_code_count);
|
||||||
|
int32_t get_byte(CxFile*);
|
||||||
|
int32_t out_line(CImageIterator* iter, uint8_t *pixels, int32_t linelen);
|
||||||
|
int32_t get_num_frames(CxFile *f,struct_TabCol* TabColSrc,struct_dscgif* dscgif);
|
||||||
|
int32_t seek_next_image(CxFile* fp, int32_t position);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int16_t curr_size; /* The current code size */
|
||||||
|
int16_t clear; /* Value for a clear code */
|
||||||
|
int16_t ending; /* Value for a ending code */
|
||||||
|
int16_t newcodes; /* First available code */
|
||||||
|
int16_t top_slot; /* Highest code for current size */
|
||||||
|
int16_t slot; /* Last read code */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* The following static variables are used
|
||||||
|
* for seperating out codes */
|
||||||
|
int16_t navail_bytes; /* # bytes left in block */
|
||||||
|
int16_t nbits_left; /* # bits left in current uint8_t */
|
||||||
|
uint8_t b1; /* Current uint8_t */
|
||||||
|
uint8_t * byte_buff; /* Current block */
|
||||||
|
uint8_t *pbytes; /* Pointer to next uint8_t in block */
|
||||||
|
/* The reason we have these seperated like this instead of using
|
||||||
|
* a structure like the original Wilhite code did, is because this
|
||||||
|
* stuff generally produces significantly faster code when compiled...
|
||||||
|
* This code is full of similar speedups... (For a good book on writing
|
||||||
|
* C for speed or for space optomisation, see Efficient C by Tom Plum,
|
||||||
|
* published by Plum-Hall Associates...)
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
uint8_t * stack; /* Stack for storing pixels */
|
||||||
|
uint8_t * suffix; /* Suffix table */
|
||||||
|
uint16_t * prefix; /* Prefix linked list */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//LZW GIF Image compression routines
|
||||||
|
int32_t * htab;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t * codetab;
|
||||||
|
int32_t n_bits; /* number of bits/code */
|
||||||
|
code_int maxcode; /* maximum code, given n_bits */
|
||||||
|
code_int free_ent; /* first unused entry */
|
||||||
|
int32_t clear_flg;
|
||||||
|
int32_t g_init_bits;
|
||||||
|
CxFile* g_outfile;
|
||||||
|
int32_t ClearCode;
|
||||||
|
int32_t EOFCode;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int32_t a_count;
|
||||||
|
char * accum;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
char * m_comment;
|
||||||
|
int32_t m_loops;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//RLE compression routines
|
||||||
|
void compressRLE( int32_t init_bits, CxFile* outfile);
|
||||||
|
void rle_clear(struct_RLE* rle);
|
||||||
|
void rle_flush(struct_RLE* rle);
|
||||||
|
void rle_flush_withtable(int32_t count, struct_RLE* rle);
|
||||||
|
void rle_flush_clearorrep(int32_t count, struct_RLE* rle);
|
||||||
|
void rle_flush_fromclear(int32_t count,struct_RLE* rle);
|
||||||
|
void rle_output_plain(int32_t c,struct_RLE* rle);
|
||||||
|
void rle_reset_out_clear(struct_RLE* rle);
|
||||||
|
uint32_t rle_compute_triangle_count(uint32_t count, uint32_t nrepcodes);
|
||||||
|
uint32_t rle_isqrt(uint32_t x);
|
||||||
|
void rle_write_block(struct_RLE* rle);
|
||||||
|
void rle_block_out(uint8_t c, struct_RLE* rle);
|
||||||
|
void rle_block_flush(struct_RLE* rle);
|
||||||
|
void rle_output(int32_t val, struct_RLE* rle);
|
||||||
|
void rle_output_flush(struct_RLE* rle);
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
58
cximage/ximaico.h
Normal file
58
cximage/ximaico.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximaico.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: ICON Image Class Loader and Writer
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
* CxImageICO (c) 07/Aug/2001 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in ximage.h
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximaICO_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximaICO_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ICO
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CxImageICO: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagIconDirectoryEntry {
|
||||||
|
uint8_t bWidth;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t bHeight;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t bColorCount;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t bReserved;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t wPlanes;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t wBitCount;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t dwBytesInRes;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t dwImageOffset;
|
||||||
|
} ICONDIRENTRY;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagIconDir {
|
||||||
|
uint16_t idReserved;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t idType;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t idCount;
|
||||||
|
} ICONHEADER;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImageICO(): CxImage(CXIMAGE_FORMAT_ICO) {m_dwImageOffset=0;}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// bool Load(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Load(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_ICO);}
|
||||||
|
// bool Save(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Save(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_ICO);}
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Decode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile, bool bAppend=false, int32_t nPageCount=0);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile, CxImage ** pImages, int32_t nPageCount);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile, bool bAppend=false, int32_t nPageCount=0)
|
||||||
|
{ CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file,bAppend,nPageCount); }
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile, CxImage ** pImages, int32_t nPageCount)
|
||||||
|
{ CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file, pImages, nPageCount); }
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
uint32_t m_dwImageOffset;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
253
cximage/ximaiter.h
Normal file
253
cximage/ximaiter.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ImaIter.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: Declaration of the Platform Independent Image Base Class
|
||||||
|
* Author: Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
|
||||||
|
* Created: 1995
|
||||||
|
* Copyright: (c) 1995, Alejandro Aguilar Sierra <asierra(at)servidor(dot)unam(dot)mx>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* 07/08/2001 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
* - removed slow loops
|
||||||
|
* - added safe checks
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Permission is given by the author to freely redistribute and include
|
||||||
|
* this code in any program as int32_t as this credit is given where due.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY
|
||||||
|
* OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES
|
||||||
|
* THAT THE COVERED CODE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
||||||
|
* OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE COVERED
|
||||||
|
* CODE IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY COVERED CODE PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT
|
||||||
|
* THE INITIAL DEVELOPER OR ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY
|
||||||
|
* SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL
|
||||||
|
* PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY COVERED CODE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER
|
||||||
|
* THIS DISCLAIMER.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Use at your own risk!
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ImaIter_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ImaIter_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "ximadef.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CImageIterator
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
friend class CxImage;
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
int32_t Itx, Ity; // Counters
|
||||||
|
int32_t Stepx, Stepy;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t* IterImage; // Image pointer
|
||||||
|
CxImage *ima;
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
// Constructors
|
||||||
|
CImageIterator ( void );
|
||||||
|
CImageIterator ( CxImage *image );
|
||||||
|
operator CxImage* ();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Iterators
|
||||||
|
BOOL ItOK ();
|
||||||
|
void Reset ();
|
||||||
|
void Upset ();
|
||||||
|
void SetRow(uint8_t *buf, int32_t n);
|
||||||
|
void GetRow(uint8_t *buf, int32_t n);
|
||||||
|
uint8_t GetByte( ) { return IterImage[Itx]; }
|
||||||
|
void SetByte(uint8_t b) { IterImage[Itx] = b; }
|
||||||
|
uint8_t* GetRow(void);
|
||||||
|
uint8_t* GetRow(int32_t n);
|
||||||
|
BOOL NextRow();
|
||||||
|
BOOL PrevRow();
|
||||||
|
BOOL NextByte();
|
||||||
|
BOOL PrevByte();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void SetSteps(int32_t x, int32_t y=0) { Stepx = x; Stepy = y; }
|
||||||
|
void GetSteps(int32_t *x, int32_t *y) { *x = Stepx; *y = Stepy; }
|
||||||
|
BOOL NextStep();
|
||||||
|
BOOL PrevStep();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void SetY(int32_t y); /* AD - for interlace */
|
||||||
|
int32_t GetY() {return Ity;}
|
||||||
|
BOOL GetCol(uint8_t* pCol, uint32_t x);
|
||||||
|
BOOL SetCol(uint8_t* pCol, uint32_t x);
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline
|
||||||
|
CImageIterator::CImageIterator(void)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ima = 0;
|
||||||
|
IterImage = 0;
|
||||||
|
Itx = Ity = 0;
|
||||||
|
Stepx = Stepy = 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline
|
||||||
|
CImageIterator::CImageIterator(CxImage *imageImpl): ima(imageImpl)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (ima) IterImage = ima->GetBits();
|
||||||
|
Itx = Ity = 0;
|
||||||
|
Stepx = Stepy = 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline
|
||||||
|
CImageIterator::operator CxImage* ()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return ima;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline BOOL CImageIterator::ItOK ()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (ima) return ima->IsInside(Itx, Ity);
|
||||||
|
else return FALSE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline void CImageIterator::Reset()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (ima) IterImage = ima->GetBits();
|
||||||
|
else IterImage=0;
|
||||||
|
Itx = Ity = 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline void CImageIterator::Upset()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Itx = 0;
|
||||||
|
Ity = ima->GetHeight()-1;
|
||||||
|
IterImage = ima->GetBits() + ima->GetEffWidth()*(ima->GetHeight()-1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline BOOL CImageIterator::NextRow()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (++Ity >= (int32_t)ima->GetHeight()) return 0;
|
||||||
|
IterImage += ima->GetEffWidth();
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline BOOL CImageIterator::PrevRow()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (--Ity < 0) return 0;
|
||||||
|
IterImage -= ima->GetEffWidth();
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/* AD - for interlace */
|
||||||
|
inline void CImageIterator::SetY(int32_t y)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ((y < 0) || (y > (int32_t)ima->GetHeight())) return;
|
||||||
|
Ity = y;
|
||||||
|
IterImage = ima->GetBits() + ima->GetEffWidth()*y;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline void CImageIterator::SetRow(uint8_t *buf, int32_t n)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (n<0) n = (int32_t)ima->GetEffWidth();
|
||||||
|
else n = min(n,(int32_t)ima->GetEffWidth());
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ((IterImage!=NULL)&&(buf!=NULL)&&(n>0)) memcpy(IterImage,buf,n);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline void CImageIterator::GetRow(uint8_t *buf, int32_t n)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ((IterImage!=NULL)&&(buf!=NULL)&&(n>0))
|
||||||
|
memcpy(buf,IterImage,min(n,(int32_t)ima->GetEffWidth()));
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline uint8_t* CImageIterator::GetRow()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return IterImage;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline uint8_t* CImageIterator::GetRow(int32_t n)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
SetY(n);
|
||||||
|
return IterImage;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline BOOL CImageIterator::NextByte()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (++Itx < (int32_t)ima->GetEffWidth()) return 1;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
if (++Ity < (int32_t)ima->GetHeight()){
|
||||||
|
IterImage += ima->GetEffWidth();
|
||||||
|
Itx = 0;
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
} else
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline BOOL CImageIterator::PrevByte()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (--Itx >= 0) return 1;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
if (--Ity >= 0){
|
||||||
|
IterImage -= ima->GetEffWidth();
|
||||||
|
Itx = 0;
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
} else
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline BOOL CImageIterator::NextStep()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Itx += Stepx;
|
||||||
|
if (Itx < (int32_t)ima->GetEffWidth()) return 1;
|
||||||
|
else {
|
||||||
|
Ity += Stepy;
|
||||||
|
if (Ity < (int32_t)ima->GetHeight()){
|
||||||
|
IterImage += ima->GetEffWidth();
|
||||||
|
Itx = 0;
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
} else
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline BOOL CImageIterator::PrevStep()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Itx -= Stepx;
|
||||||
|
if (Itx >= 0) return 1;
|
||||||
|
else {
|
||||||
|
Ity -= Stepy;
|
||||||
|
if (Ity >= 0 && Ity < (int32_t)ima->GetHeight()) {
|
||||||
|
IterImage -= ima->GetEffWidth();
|
||||||
|
Itx = 0;
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
} else
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline BOOL CImageIterator::GetCol(uint8_t* pCol, uint32_t x)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ((pCol==0)||(ima->GetBpp()<8)||(x>=ima->GetWidth()))
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t h = ima->GetHeight();
|
||||||
|
//uint32_t line = ima->GetEffWidth();
|
||||||
|
uint8_t bytes = (uint8_t)(ima->GetBpp()>>3);
|
||||||
|
uint8_t* pSrc;
|
||||||
|
for (uint32_t y=0;y<h;y++){
|
||||||
|
pSrc = ima->GetBits(y) + x*bytes;
|
||||||
|
for (uint8_t w=0;w<bytes;w++){
|
||||||
|
*pCol++=*pSrc++;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
inline BOOL CImageIterator::SetCol(uint8_t* pCol, uint32_t x)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ((pCol==0)||(ima->GetBpp()<8)||(x>=ima->GetWidth()))
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t h = ima->GetHeight();
|
||||||
|
//uint32_t line = ima->GetEffWidth();
|
||||||
|
uint8_t bytes = (uint8_t)(ima->GetBpp()>>3);
|
||||||
|
uint8_t* pSrc;
|
||||||
|
for (uint32_t y=0;y<h;y++){
|
||||||
|
pSrc = ima->GetBits(y) + x*bytes;
|
||||||
|
for (uint8_t w=0;w<bytes;w++){
|
||||||
|
*pSrc++=*pCol++;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
88
cximage/ximajas.h
Normal file
88
cximage/ximajas.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximajas.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: Jasper Image Class Loader and Writer
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
* CxImageJAS (c) 12/Apr/2003 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in ximage.h
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* based on JasPer Copyright (c) 2001-2003 Michael David Adams - All rights reserved.
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximaJAS_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximaJAS_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JASPER
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LINUX
|
||||||
|
#include <jasper/jasper.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
#include "../jasper/include/jasper/jasper.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CxImageJAS: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImageJAS(): CxImage((uint32_t)0) {} // <vho> cast to uint32_t
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// bool Load(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Load(imageFileName,0);}
|
||||||
|
// bool Save(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Save(imageFileName,0);}
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile, uint32_t imagetype = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *hFile, uint32_t imagetype = 0) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Decode(&file,imagetype); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile, uint32_t imagetype = 0);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile, uint32_t imagetype = 0) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file,imagetype); }
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CxFileJas
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxFileJas(CxFile* pFile,jas_stream_t *stream)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (stream->obj_) jas_free(stream->obj_);
|
||||||
|
stream->obj_ = pFile;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// <vho> - cannot set the stream->ops_->functions here,
|
||||||
|
// because this overwrites a static structure in the Jasper library.
|
||||||
|
// This structure is used by Jasper for internal operations too, e.g. tempfile.
|
||||||
|
// However the ops_ pointer in the stream can be overwritten.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//stream->ops_->close_ = JasClose;
|
||||||
|
//stream->ops_->read_ = JasRead;
|
||||||
|
//stream->ops_->seek_ = JasSeek;
|
||||||
|
//stream->ops_->write_ = JasWrite;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
jas_stream_CxFile.close_ = JasClose;
|
||||||
|
jas_stream_CxFile.read_ = JasRead;
|
||||||
|
jas_stream_CxFile.seek_ = JasSeek;
|
||||||
|
jas_stream_CxFile.write_ = JasWrite;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
stream->ops_ = &jas_stream_CxFile;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// <vho> - end
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
static int32_t JasRead(jas_stream_obj_t *obj, char *buf, int32_t cnt)
|
||||||
|
{ return ((CxFile*)obj)->Read(buf,1,cnt); }
|
||||||
|
static int32_t JasWrite(jas_stream_obj_t *obj, char *buf, int32_t cnt)
|
||||||
|
{ return ((CxFile*)obj)->Write(buf,1,cnt); }
|
||||||
|
static long JasSeek(jas_stream_obj_t *obj, long offset, int32_t origin)
|
||||||
|
{ return ((CxFile*)obj)->Seek(offset,origin); }
|
||||||
|
static int32_t JasClose(jas_stream_obj_t * /*obj*/)
|
||||||
|
{ return 1; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// <vho>
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
jas_stream_ops_t jas_stream_CxFile;
|
||||||
|
// <vho> - end
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
44
cximage/ximajbg.h
Normal file
44
cximage/ximajbg.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximajbg.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: JBG Image Class Loader and Writer
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
* CxImageJBG (c) 18/Aug/2002 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in ximage.h
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* based on LIBJBG Copyright (c) 2002, Markus Kuhn - All rights reserved.
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximaJBG_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximaJBG_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JBG
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern "C" {
|
||||||
|
#include "../jbig/jbig.h"
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CxImageJBG: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImageJBG(): CxImage(CXIMAGE_FORMAT_JBG) {}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// bool Load(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Load(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_JBG);}
|
||||||
|
// bool Save(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Save(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_JBG);}
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Decode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
static void jbig_data_out(uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t len, void *file)
|
||||||
|
{((CxFile*)file)->Write(buffer,len,1);}
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
283
cximage/ximajpg.h
Normal file
283
cximage/ximajpg.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximajpg.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: JPG Image Class Loader and Writer
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
* CxImageJPG (c) 07/Aug/2001 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in ximage.h
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Special thanks to Troels Knakkergaard for new features, enhancements and bugfixes
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Special thanks to Chris Shearer Cooper for CxFileJpg tips & code
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* EXIF support based on jhead-1.8 by Matthias Wandel <mwandel(at)rim(dot)net>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* original CImageJPG and CImageIterator implementation are:
|
||||||
|
* Copyright: (c) 1995, Alejandro Aguilar Sierra <asierra(at)servidor(dot)unam(dot)mx>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group.
|
||||||
|
* Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximaJPEG_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximaJPEG_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_JPG
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGEJPG_SUPPORT_EXIF CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_EXIF
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern "C" {
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LINUX
|
||||||
|
#include <jpeglib.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <jerror.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
#include "../jpeg/jpeglib.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../jpeg/jerror.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class DLL_EXP CxImageJPG: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImageJPG();
|
||||||
|
~CxImageJPG();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// bool Load(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Load(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_JPG);}
|
||||||
|
// bool Save(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Save(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_JPG);}
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Decode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* EXIF support based on jhead-1.8 by Matthias Wandel <mwandel(at)rim(dot)net>
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGEJPG_SUPPORT_EXIF
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
// JPEG markers consist of one or more 0xFF bytes, followed by a marker
|
||||||
|
// code byte (which is not an FF). Here are the marker codes of interest
|
||||||
|
// in this program. (See jdmarker.c for a more complete list.)
|
||||||
|
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define M_SOF0 0xC0 // Start Of Frame N
|
||||||
|
#define M_SOF1 0xC1 // N indicates which compression process
|
||||||
|
#define M_SOF2 0xC2 // Only SOF0-SOF2 are now in common use
|
||||||
|
#define M_SOF3 0xC3
|
||||||
|
#define M_SOF5 0xC5 // NB: codes C4 and CC are NOT SOF markers
|
||||||
|
#define M_SOF6 0xC6
|
||||||
|
#define M_SOF7 0xC7
|
||||||
|
#define M_SOF9 0xC9
|
||||||
|
#define M_SOF10 0xCA
|
||||||
|
#define M_SOF11 0xCB
|
||||||
|
#define M_SOF13 0xCD
|
||||||
|
#define M_SOF14 0xCE
|
||||||
|
#define M_SOF15 0xCF
|
||||||
|
#define M_SOI 0xD8 // Start Of Image (beginning of datastream)
|
||||||
|
#define M_EOI 0xD9 // End Of Image (end of datastream)
|
||||||
|
#define M_SOS 0xDA // Start Of Scan (begins compressed data)
|
||||||
|
#define M_JFIF 0xE0 // Jfif marker
|
||||||
|
#define M_EXIF 0xE1 // Exif marker
|
||||||
|
#define M_COM 0xFE // COMment
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define PSEUDO_IMAGE_MARKER 0x123; // Extra value.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define EXIF_READ_EXIF 0x01
|
||||||
|
#define EXIF_READ_IMAGE 0x02
|
||||||
|
#define EXIF_READ_ALL 0x03
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class DLL_EXP CxExifInfo
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tag_Section_t{
|
||||||
|
uint8_t* Data;
|
||||||
|
int32_t Type;
|
||||||
|
unsigned Size;
|
||||||
|
} Section_t;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
EXIFINFO* m_exifinfo;
|
||||||
|
char m_szLastError[256];
|
||||||
|
CxExifInfo(EXIFINFO* info = NULL);
|
||||||
|
~CxExifInfo();
|
||||||
|
bool DecodeExif(CxFile * hFile, int32_t nReadMode = EXIF_READ_EXIF);
|
||||||
|
bool EncodeExif(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
void DiscardAllButExif();
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
bool process_EXIF(uint8_t * CharBuf, uint32_t length);
|
||||||
|
void process_COM (const uint8_t * Data, int32_t length);
|
||||||
|
void process_SOFn (const uint8_t * Data, int32_t marker);
|
||||||
|
int32_t Get16u(void * Short);
|
||||||
|
int32_t Get16m(void * Short);
|
||||||
|
int32_t Get32s(void * Long);
|
||||||
|
uint32_t Get32u(void * Long);
|
||||||
|
double ConvertAnyFormat(void * ValuePtr, int32_t Format);
|
||||||
|
void* FindSection(int32_t SectionType);
|
||||||
|
bool ProcessExifDir(uint8_t * DirStart, uint8_t * OffsetBase, unsigned ExifLength,
|
||||||
|
EXIFINFO * const pInfo, uint8_t ** const LastExifRefdP, int32_t NestingLevel=0);
|
||||||
|
int32_t ExifImageWidth;
|
||||||
|
int32_t MotorolaOrder;
|
||||||
|
Section_t Sections[MAX_SECTIONS];
|
||||||
|
int32_t SectionsRead;
|
||||||
|
bool freeinfo;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CxExifInfo* m_exif;
|
||||||
|
bool DecodeExif(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool DecodeExif(FILE * hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return DecodeExif(&file); }
|
||||||
|
bool GetExifThumbnail(const TCHAR *filename, const TCHAR *outname, int32_t type);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif //CXIMAGEJPG_SUPPORT_EXIF
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
////////////////////// C x F i l e J p g ////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// thanks to Chris Shearer Cooper <cscooper(at)frii(dot)com>
|
||||||
|
class CxFileJpg : public jpeg_destination_mgr, public jpeg_source_mgr
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
enum { eBufSize = 4096 };
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CxFileJpg(CxFile* pFile)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_pFile = pFile;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
init_destination = InitDestination;
|
||||||
|
empty_output_buffer = EmptyOutputBuffer;
|
||||||
|
term_destination = TermDestination;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
init_source = InitSource;
|
||||||
|
fill_input_buffer = FillInputBuffer;
|
||||||
|
skip_input_data = SkipInputData;
|
||||||
|
resync_to_restart = jpeg_resync_to_restart; // use default method
|
||||||
|
term_source = TermSource;
|
||||||
|
next_input_byte = NULL; //* => next byte to read from buffer
|
||||||
|
bytes_in_buffer = 0; //* # of bytes remaining in buffer
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_pBuffer = new uint8_t[eBufSize];
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
~CxFileJpg()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
delete [] m_pBuffer;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void InitDestination(j_compress_ptr cinfo)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CxFileJpg* pDest = (CxFileJpg*)cinfo->dest;
|
||||||
|
pDest->next_output_byte = pDest->m_pBuffer;
|
||||||
|
pDest->free_in_buffer = eBufSize;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static boolean EmptyOutputBuffer(j_compress_ptr cinfo)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CxFileJpg* pDest = (CxFileJpg*)cinfo->dest;
|
||||||
|
if (pDest->m_pFile->Write(pDest->m_pBuffer,1,eBufSize)!=(size_t)eBufSize)
|
||||||
|
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_FILE_WRITE);
|
||||||
|
pDest->next_output_byte = pDest->m_pBuffer;
|
||||||
|
pDest->free_in_buffer = eBufSize;
|
||||||
|
return TRUE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void TermDestination(j_compress_ptr cinfo)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CxFileJpg* pDest = (CxFileJpg*)cinfo->dest;
|
||||||
|
size_t datacount = eBufSize - pDest->free_in_buffer;
|
||||||
|
/* Write any data remaining in the buffer */
|
||||||
|
if (datacount > 0) {
|
||||||
|
if (!pDest->m_pFile->Write(pDest->m_pBuffer,1,datacount))
|
||||||
|
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_FILE_WRITE);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
pDest->m_pFile->Flush();
|
||||||
|
/* Make sure we wrote the output file OK */
|
||||||
|
if (pDest->m_pFile->Error()) ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_FILE_WRITE);
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void InitSource(j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CxFileJpg* pSource = (CxFileJpg*)cinfo->src;
|
||||||
|
pSource->m_bStartOfFile = TRUE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static boolean FillInputBuffer(j_decompress_ptr cinfo)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
size_t nbytes;
|
||||||
|
CxFileJpg* pSource = (CxFileJpg*)cinfo->src;
|
||||||
|
nbytes = pSource->m_pFile->Read(pSource->m_pBuffer,1,eBufSize);
|
||||||
|
if (nbytes <= 0){
|
||||||
|
if (pSource->m_bStartOfFile) //* Treat empty input file as fatal error
|
||||||
|
ERREXIT(cinfo, JERR_INPUT_EMPTY);
|
||||||
|
WARNMS(cinfo, JWRN_JPEG_EOF);
|
||||||
|
// Insert a fake EOI marker
|
||||||
|
pSource->m_pBuffer[0] = (JOCTET) 0xFF;
|
||||||
|
pSource->m_pBuffer[1] = (JOCTET) JPEG_EOI;
|
||||||
|
nbytes = 2;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
pSource->next_input_byte = pSource->m_pBuffer;
|
||||||
|
pSource->bytes_in_buffer = nbytes;
|
||||||
|
pSource->m_bStartOfFile = FALSE;
|
||||||
|
return TRUE;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void SkipInputData(j_decompress_ptr cinfo, long num_bytes)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CxFileJpg* pSource = (CxFileJpg*)cinfo->src;
|
||||||
|
if (num_bytes > 0){
|
||||||
|
while (num_bytes > (int32_t)pSource->bytes_in_buffer){
|
||||||
|
num_bytes -= (int32_t)pSource->bytes_in_buffer;
|
||||||
|
FillInputBuffer(cinfo);
|
||||||
|
// note we assume that fill_input_buffer will never return FALSE,
|
||||||
|
// so suspension need not be handled.
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
pSource->next_input_byte += (size_t) num_bytes;
|
||||||
|
pSource->bytes_in_buffer -= (size_t) num_bytes;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void TermSource(j_decompress_ptr /*cinfo*/)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
CxFile *m_pFile;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t *m_pBuffer;
|
||||||
|
bool m_bStartOfFile;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
enum CODEC_OPTION
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ENCODE_BASELINE = 0x1,
|
||||||
|
ENCODE_ARITHMETIC = 0x2,
|
||||||
|
ENCODE_GRAYSCALE = 0x4,
|
||||||
|
ENCODE_OPTIMIZE = 0x8,
|
||||||
|
ENCODE_PROGRESSIVE = 0x10,
|
||||||
|
ENCODE_LOSSLESS = 0x20,
|
||||||
|
ENCODE_SMOOTHING = 0x40,
|
||||||
|
DECODE_GRAYSCALE = 0x80,
|
||||||
|
DECODE_QUANTIZE = 0x100,
|
||||||
|
DECODE_DITHER = 0x200,
|
||||||
|
DECODE_ONEPASS = 0x400,
|
||||||
|
DECODE_NOSMOOTH = 0x800,
|
||||||
|
ENCODE_SUBSAMPLE_422 = 0x1000,
|
||||||
|
ENCODE_SUBSAMPLE_444 = 0x2000
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int32_t m_nPredictor;
|
||||||
|
int32_t m_nPointTransform;
|
||||||
|
int32_t m_nSmoothing;
|
||||||
|
int32_t m_nQuantize;
|
||||||
|
J_DITHER_MODE m_nDither;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
88
cximage/ximamng.h
Normal file
88
cximage/ximamng.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximamng.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: Declaration of the MNG Image Class
|
||||||
|
* Author: Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
* Created: 2001
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
* CxImageMNG (c) 07/Aug/2001 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in ximage.h
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Special thanks to Frank Haug <f.haug(at)jdm(dot)de> for suggestions and code.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* original mng.cpp code created by Nikolaus Brennig, November 14th, 2000. <virtualnik(at)nol(dot)at>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* LIBMNG Copyright (c) 2000,2001 Gerard Juyn (gerard@libmng.com)
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximaMNG_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximaMNG_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_MNG
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//#define MNG_NO_CMS
|
||||||
|
#define MNG_SUPPORT_DISPLAY
|
||||||
|
#define MNG_SUPPORT_READ
|
||||||
|
#define MNG_SUPPORT_WRITE
|
||||||
|
#define MNG_ACCESS_CHUNKS
|
||||||
|
#define MNG_STORE_CHUNKS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern "C" {
|
||||||
|
#include "../mng/libmng.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../mng/libmng_data.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../mng/libmng_error.h"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//uint32_t _stdcall RunMNGThread(void *lpParam);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagmngstuff
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CxFile *file;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t *image;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t *alpha;
|
||||||
|
HANDLE thread;
|
||||||
|
mng_uint32 delay;
|
||||||
|
mng_uint32 width;
|
||||||
|
mng_uint32 height;
|
||||||
|
mng_uint32 effwdt;
|
||||||
|
mng_int16 bpp;
|
||||||
|
mng_bool animation;
|
||||||
|
mng_bool animation_enabled;
|
||||||
|
float speed;
|
||||||
|
int32_t nBkgndIndex;
|
||||||
|
RGBQUAD nBkgndColor;
|
||||||
|
} mngstuff;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CxImageMNG: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImageMNG();
|
||||||
|
~CxImageMNG();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Load(const TCHAR * imageFileName);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Decode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
bool Save(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Save(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_MNG);}
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int32_t Resume();
|
||||||
|
void SetSpeed(float speed);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mng_handle hmng;
|
||||||
|
mngstuff mnginfo;
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
void WritePNG(mng_handle hMNG, int32_t Frame, int32_t FrameCount );
|
||||||
|
void SetCallbacks(mng_handle mng);
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
64
cximage/ximapcx.h
Normal file
64
cximage/ximapcx.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximapcx.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: PCX Image Class Loader and Writer
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
* CxImagePCX (c) 05/Jan/2002 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in ximage.h
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Parts of the code come from Paintlib: Copyright (c) 1996-1998 Ulrich von Zadow
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximaPCX_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximaPCX_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PCX
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CxImagePCX: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
// PCX Image File
|
||||||
|
#pragma pack(1)
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagPCXHEADER
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
char Manufacturer; // always 0X0A
|
||||||
|
char Version; // version number
|
||||||
|
char Encoding; // always 1
|
||||||
|
char BitsPerPixel; // color bits
|
||||||
|
uint16_t Xmin, Ymin; // image origin
|
||||||
|
uint16_t Xmax, Ymax; // image dimensions
|
||||||
|
uint16_t Hres, Vres; // resolution values
|
||||||
|
uint8_t ColorMap[16][3]; // color palette
|
||||||
|
char Reserved;
|
||||||
|
char ColorPlanes; // color planes
|
||||||
|
uint16_t BytesPerLine; // line buffer size
|
||||||
|
uint16_t PaletteType; // grey or color palette
|
||||||
|
char Filter[58];
|
||||||
|
} PCXHEADER;
|
||||||
|
#pragma pack()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImagePCX(): CxImage(CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PCX) {}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// bool Load(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Load(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PCX);}
|
||||||
|
// bool Save(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Save(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PCX);}
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Decode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
bool PCX_PlanesToPixels(uint8_t * pixels, uint8_t * bitplanes, int16_t bytesperline, int16_t planes, int16_t bitsperpixel);
|
||||||
|
bool PCX_UnpackPixels(uint8_t * pixels, uint8_t * bitplanes, int16_t bytesperline, int16_t planes, int16_t bitsperpixel);
|
||||||
|
void PCX_PackPixels(const int32_t p,uint8_t &c, uint8_t &n, CxFile &f);
|
||||||
|
void PCX_PackPlanes(uint8_t* buff, const int32_t size, CxFile &f);
|
||||||
|
void PCX_PixelsToPlanes(uint8_t* raw, int32_t width, uint8_t* buf, int32_t plane);
|
||||||
|
void PCX_toh(PCXHEADER* p);
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
94
cximage/ximapng.h
Normal file
94
cximage/ximapng.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximapng.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: PNG Image Class Loader and Writer
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
* CxImagePNG (c) 07/Aug/2001 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in ximage.h
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Special thanks to Troels Knakkergaard for new features, enhancements and bugfixes
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* original CImagePNG and CImageIterator implementation are:
|
||||||
|
* Copyright: (c) 1995, Alejandro Aguilar Sierra <asierra(at)servidor(dot)unam(dot)mx>
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* libpng Copyright (c) 1998-2003 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximaPNG_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximaPNG_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PNG
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern "C" {
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _LINUX
|
||||||
|
#undef _DLL
|
||||||
|
#include <png.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <pngstruct.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <pnginfo.h>
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
#include "../png/png.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../png/pngstruct.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../png/pnginfo.h"
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CxImagePNG: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImagePNG(): CxImage(CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PNG) {}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// bool Load(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Load(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PNG);}
|
||||||
|
// bool Save(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Save(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PNG);}
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Decode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
enum CODEC_OPTION
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ENCODE_INTERLACE = 0x01,
|
||||||
|
// Exclusive compression types : 3 bit wide field
|
||||||
|
ENCODE_COMPRESSION_MASK = 0x0E,
|
||||||
|
ENCODE_NO_COMPRESSION = 1 << 1,
|
||||||
|
ENCODE_BEST_SPEED = 2 << 1,
|
||||||
|
ENCODE_BEST_COMPRESSION = 3 << 1,
|
||||||
|
ENCODE_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = 4 << 1
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
void ima_png_error(png_struct *png_ptr, char *message);
|
||||||
|
void expand2to4bpp(uint8_t* prow);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void PNGAPI user_read_data(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep data, png_size_t length)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CxFile* hFile = (CxFile*)png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr);
|
||||||
|
if (hFile == NULL || hFile->Read(data,1,length) != length) png_error(png_ptr, "Read Error");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void PNGAPI user_write_data(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep data, png_size_t length)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CxFile* hFile = (CxFile*)png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr);
|
||||||
|
if (hFile == NULL || hFile->Write(data,1,length) != length) png_error(png_ptr, "Write Error");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void PNGAPI user_flush_data(png_structp png_ptr)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
CxFile* hFile = (CxFile*)png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr);
|
||||||
|
if (hFile == NULL || !hFile->Flush()) png_error(png_ptr, "Flush Error");
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void PNGAPI user_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr,png_const_charp error_msg)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
strncpy((char*)png_ptr->error_ptr,error_msg,255);
|
||||||
|
longjmp(png_ptr->png_jmpbuf, 1);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
110
cximage/ximapsd.h
Normal file
110
cximage/ximapsd.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximapsd.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: PSD Image Class Loader and Writer
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
* CxImagePSD (c) Dec/2010
|
||||||
|
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in ximage.h
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* libpsd (c) 2004-2007 Graphest Software
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximaPSD_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximaPSD_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_PSD
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define CXIMAGE_USE_LIBPSD 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_USE_LIBPSD
|
||||||
|
extern "C" {
|
||||||
|
#include "../libpsd/libpsd.h"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CxImagePSD: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImagePSD(): CxImage(CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PSD) {}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// bool Load(const char * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Load(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PSD);}
|
||||||
|
// bool Save(const char * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Save(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_PSD);}
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Decode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_EXIF
|
||||||
|
// bool GetExifThumbnail(const TCHAR *filename, const TCHAR *outname, int32_t type);
|
||||||
|
//#endif //CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_EXIF
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_USE_LIBPSD
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
class CxFilePsd
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxFilePsd(CxFile* pFile,psd_context *context)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
context->file = pFile;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
psd_CxFile_ops.size_ = psd_file_size;
|
||||||
|
psd_CxFile_ops.seek_ = psd_file_seek;
|
||||||
|
psd_CxFile_ops.read_ = psd_file_read;
|
||||||
|
// psd_CxFile_ops.write_ = psd_file_write;
|
||||||
|
// psd_CxFile_ops.close_ = psd_file_close;
|
||||||
|
// psd_CxFile_ops.gets_ = psd_file_gets;
|
||||||
|
// psd_CxFile_ops.eof_ = psd_file_eof;
|
||||||
|
// psd_CxFile_ops.tell_ = psd_file_tell;
|
||||||
|
// psd_CxFile_ops.getc_ = psd_file_getc;
|
||||||
|
// psd_CxFile_ops.scanf_ = psd_file_scanf;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
context->ops_ = &psd_CxFile_ops;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static int32_t psd_file_size(psd_file_obj *obj)
|
||||||
|
{ return ((CxFile*)obj)->Size(); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static int32_t psd_file_seek(psd_file_obj *obj, int32_t offset, int32_t origin)
|
||||||
|
{ return ((CxFile*)obj)->Seek(offset,origin); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static int32_t psd_file_read(psd_file_obj *obj, void *buf, int32_t size, int32_t cnt)
|
||||||
|
{ return ((CxFile*)obj)->Read(buf,size,cnt); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// static int32_t psd_file_write(psd_file_obj *obj, void *buf, int32_t size, int32_t cnt)
|
||||||
|
// { return ((CxFile*)obj)->Write(buf,size,cnt); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// static int32_t psd_file_close(psd_file_obj *obj)
|
||||||
|
// { return 1; /*((CxFile*)obj)->Close();*/ }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// static char* psd_file_gets(psd_file_obj *obj, char *string, int32_t n)
|
||||||
|
// { return ((CxFile*)obj)->GetS(string,n); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// static int32_t psd_file_eof(psd_file_obj *obj)
|
||||||
|
// { return ((CxFile*)obj)->Eof(); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// static long psd_file_tell(psd_file_obj *obj)
|
||||||
|
// { return ((CxFile*)obj)->Tell(); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// static int32_t psd_file_getc(psd_file_obj *obj)
|
||||||
|
// { return ((CxFile*)obj)->GetC(); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// static int32_t psd_file_scanf(psd_file_obj *obj,const char *format, void* output)
|
||||||
|
// { return ((CxFile*)obj)->Scanf(format, output); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
psd_file_ops psd_CxFile_ops;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
#endif //CXIMAGE_USE_LIBPSD
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
112
cximage/ximaraw.h
Normal file
112
cximage/ximaraw.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximaraw.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: RAW Image Class Loader and Writer
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
* CxImageRAW (c) May/2006 pdw63
|
||||||
|
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in ximage.h
|
||||||
|
* Special thanks to David Coffin for dcraw without which this class would not exist
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* libdcr (c) Dec/2007 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* based on dcraw.c -- Dave Coffin's raw photo decoder
|
||||||
|
* Copyright 1997-2007 by Dave Coffin, dcoffin a cybercom o net
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximaRAW_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximaRAW_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_RAW
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern "C" {
|
||||||
|
#include "../raw/libdcr.h"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CxImageRAW: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImageRAW(): CxImage(CXIMAGE_FORMAT_RAW) {}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// bool Load(const char * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Load(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_ICO);}
|
||||||
|
// bool Save(const char * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Save(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_ICO);}
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Decode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_EXIF
|
||||||
|
bool GetExifThumbnail(const TCHAR *filename, const TCHAR *outname, int32_t type);
|
||||||
|
#endif //CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_EXIF
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
enum CODEC_OPTION
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
DECODE_QUALITY_LIN = 0x00,
|
||||||
|
DECODE_QUALITY_VNG = 0x01,
|
||||||
|
DECODE_QUALITY_PPG = 0x02,
|
||||||
|
DECODE_QUALITY_AHD = 0x03,
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CxFileRaw
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxFileRaw(CxFile* pFile,DCRAW *stream)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
stream->obj_ = pFile;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ras_stream_CxFile.read_ = raw_sfile_read;
|
||||||
|
ras_stream_CxFile.write_ = raw_sfile_write;
|
||||||
|
ras_stream_CxFile.seek_ = raw_sfile_seek;
|
||||||
|
ras_stream_CxFile.close_ = raw_sfile_close;
|
||||||
|
ras_stream_CxFile.gets_ = raw_sfile_gets;
|
||||||
|
ras_stream_CxFile.eof_ = raw_sfile_eof;
|
||||||
|
ras_stream_CxFile.tell_ = raw_sfile_tell;
|
||||||
|
ras_stream_CxFile.getc_ = raw_sfile_getc;
|
||||||
|
ras_stream_CxFile.scanf_ = raw_sfile_scanf;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
stream->ops_ = &ras_stream_CxFile;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static int32_t raw_sfile_read(dcr_stream_obj *obj, void *buf, int32_t size, int32_t cnt)
|
||||||
|
{ return ((CxFile*)obj)->Read(buf,size,cnt); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static int32_t raw_sfile_write(dcr_stream_obj *obj, void *buf, int32_t size, int32_t cnt)
|
||||||
|
{ return ((CxFile*)obj)->Write(buf,size,cnt); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static long raw_sfile_seek(dcr_stream_obj *obj, long offset, int32_t origin)
|
||||||
|
{ return ((CxFile*)obj)->Seek(offset,origin); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static int32_t raw_sfile_close(dcr_stream_obj *obj)
|
||||||
|
{ return 1; /*((CxFile*)obj)->Close();*/ }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static char* raw_sfile_gets(dcr_stream_obj *obj, char *string, int32_t n)
|
||||||
|
{ return ((CxFile*)obj)->GetS(string,n); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static int32_t raw_sfile_eof(dcr_stream_obj *obj)
|
||||||
|
{ return ((CxFile*)obj)->Eof(); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static long raw_sfile_tell(dcr_stream_obj *obj)
|
||||||
|
{ return ((CxFile*)obj)->Tell(); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static int32_t raw_sfile_getc(dcr_stream_obj *obj)
|
||||||
|
{ return ((CxFile*)obj)->GetC(); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static int32_t raw_sfile_scanf(dcr_stream_obj *obj,const char *format, void* output)
|
||||||
|
{ return ((CxFile*)obj)->Scanf(format, output); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
dcr_stream_ops ras_stream_CxFile;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
44
cximage/ximaska.h
Normal file
44
cximage/ximaska.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximaska.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: SKA Image Class Loader and Writer
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
* CxImageSKA (c) 25/Sep/2007 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in ximage.h
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximaSKA_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximaSKA_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_SKA
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CxImageSKA: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#pragma pack(1)
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagSkaHeader {
|
||||||
|
uint16_t Width;
|
||||||
|
uint16_t Height;
|
||||||
|
uint8_t BppExp;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t dwUnknown;
|
||||||
|
} SKAHEADER;
|
||||||
|
#pragma pack()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImageSKA(): CxImage(CXIMAGE_FORMAT_SKA) {}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// bool Load(const char * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Load(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_ICO);}
|
||||||
|
// bool Save(const char * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Save(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_ICO);}
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Decode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
61
cximage/ximatga.h
Normal file
61
cximage/ximatga.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximatga.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: TARGA Image Class Loader and Writer
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
* CxImageTGA (c) 05/Jan/2002 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in ximage.h
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Parts of the code come from Paintlib : Copyright (c) 1996-1998 Ulrich von Zadow
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximaTGA_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximaTGA_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TGA
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CxImageTGA: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#pragma pack(1)
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagTgaHeader
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
uint8_t IdLength; // Image ID Field Length
|
||||||
|
uint8_t CmapType; // Color Map Type
|
||||||
|
uint8_t ImageType; // Image Type
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uint16_t CmapIndex; // First Entry Index
|
||||||
|
uint16_t CmapLength; // Color Map Length
|
||||||
|
uint8_t CmapEntrySize; // Color Map Entry Size
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uint16_t X_Origin; // X-origin of Image
|
||||||
|
uint16_t Y_Origin; // Y-origin of Image
|
||||||
|
uint16_t ImageWidth; // Image Width
|
||||||
|
uint16_t ImageHeight; // Image Height
|
||||||
|
uint8_t PixelDepth; // Pixel Depth
|
||||||
|
uint8_t ImagDesc; // Image Descriptor
|
||||||
|
} TGAHEADER;
|
||||||
|
#pragma pack()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImageTGA(): CxImage(CXIMAGE_FORMAT_TGA) {}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// bool Load(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Load(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_TGA);}
|
||||||
|
// bool Save(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Save(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_TGA);}
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Decode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
uint8_t ExpandCompressedLine(uint8_t* pDest,TGAHEADER* ptgaHead,CxFile *hFile,int32_t width, int32_t y, uint8_t rleLeftover);
|
||||||
|
void ExpandUncompressedLine(uint8_t* pDest,TGAHEADER* ptgaHead,CxFile *hFile,int32_t width, int32_t y, int32_t xoffset);
|
||||||
|
void tga_toh(TGAHEADER* p);
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
39
cximage/ximath.h
Normal file
39
cximage/ximath.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
|||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximath_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximath_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximadef.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//***bd*** simple floating point point
|
||||||
|
class DLL_EXP CxPoint2
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxPoint2();
|
||||||
|
CxPoint2(float const x_, float const y_);
|
||||||
|
CxPoint2(CxPoint2 const &p);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
float Distance(CxPoint2 const p2);
|
||||||
|
float Distance(float const x_, float const y_);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
float x,y;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//and simple rectangle
|
||||||
|
class DLL_EXP CxRect2
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxRect2();
|
||||||
|
CxRect2(float const x1_, float const y1_, float const x2_, float const y2_);
|
||||||
|
CxRect2(CxPoint2 const &bl, CxPoint2 const &tr);
|
||||||
|
CxRect2(CxRect2 const &p);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
float Surface() const;
|
||||||
|
CxRect2 CrossSection(CxRect2 const &r2) const;
|
||||||
|
CxPoint2 Center() const;
|
||||||
|
float Width() const;
|
||||||
|
float Height() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
CxPoint2 botLeft;
|
||||||
|
CxPoint2 topRight;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
62
cximage/ximatif.h
Normal file
62
cximage/ximatif.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximatif.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: TIFF Image Class Loader and Writer
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
* CxImageTIF (c) 07/Aug/2001 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in ximage.h
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Special thanks to Troels Knakkergaard for new features, enhancements and bugfixes
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Special thanks to Abe <God(dot)bless(at)marihuana(dot)com> for MultiPageTIFF code.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* LibTIFF is:
|
||||||
|
* Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
|
||||||
|
* Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximatif_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximatif_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_TIF
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../tiff/tiffio.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class DLL_EXP CxImageTIF: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImageTIF(): CxImage(CXIMAGE_FORMAT_TIF) {m_tif2=NULL; m_multipage=false; m_pages=0;}
|
||||||
|
~CxImageTIF();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TIFF* TIFFOpenEx(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
void TIFFCloseEx(TIFF* tif);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// bool Load(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Load(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_TIF);}
|
||||||
|
// bool Save(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Save(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_TIF);}
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Decode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile, bool bAppend=false);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile, CxImage ** pImages, int32_t pagecount);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile, bool bAppend=false) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file,bAppend); }
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile, CxImage ** pImages, int32_t pagecount)
|
||||||
|
{ CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file, pImages, pagecount); }
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
void TileToStrip(uint8* out, uint8* in, uint32 rows, uint32 cols, int32_t outskew, int32_t inskew);
|
||||||
|
bool EncodeBody(TIFF *m_tif, bool multipage=false, int32_t page=0, int32_t pagecount=0);
|
||||||
|
TIFF *m_tif2;
|
||||||
|
bool m_multipage;
|
||||||
|
int32_t m_pages;
|
||||||
|
void MoveBits( uint8_t* dest, uint8_t* from, int32_t count, int32_t bpp );
|
||||||
|
void MoveBitsPal( uint8_t* dest, uint8_t*from, int32_t count, int32_t bpp, RGBQUAD* pal );
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
49
cximage/ximawbmp.h
Normal file
49
cximage/ximawbmp.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: ximawbmp.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: WBMP Image Class Loader and Writer
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
/* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
* CxImageWBMP (c) 12/Jul/2002 Davide Pizzolato - www.xdp.it
|
||||||
|
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in ximage.h
|
||||||
|
* ==========================================================
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__ximaWBMP_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __ximaWBMP_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WBMP
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CxImageWBMP: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
#pragma pack(1)
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagWbmpHeader
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
uint32_t Type; // 0
|
||||||
|
uint8_t FixHeader; // 0
|
||||||
|
uint32_t ImageWidth; // Image Width
|
||||||
|
uint32_t ImageHeight; // Image Height
|
||||||
|
} WBMPHEADER;
|
||||||
|
#pragma pack()
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImageWBMP(): CxImage(CXIMAGE_FORMAT_WBMP) {}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// bool Load(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Load(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_WBMP);}
|
||||||
|
// bool Save(const TCHAR * imageFileName){ return CxImage::Save(imageFileName,CXIMAGE_FORMAT_WBMP);}
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Decode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
bool ReadOctet(CxFile * hFile, uint32_t *data);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
bool WriteOctet(CxFile * hFile, const uint32_t data);
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
154
cximage/ximawmf.h
Normal file
154
cximage/ximawmf.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
|
|||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
*********************************************************************
|
||||||
|
* File: ximawmf.h
|
||||||
|
* Purpose: Windows Metafile Class Loader and Writer
|
||||||
|
* Author: Volker Horch - vhorch@gmx.de
|
||||||
|
* created: 13-Jun-2002
|
||||||
|
*********************************************************************
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
*********************************************************************
|
||||||
|
Notes by Author:
|
||||||
|
*********************************************************************
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Limitations:
|
||||||
|
============
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
a) Transparency:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A Metafile is vector graphics, which has transparency by design.
|
||||||
|
This class always converts into a Bitmap format. Transparency is
|
||||||
|
supported, but there is no good way to find out, which parts
|
||||||
|
of the Metafile are transparent. There are two ways how we can
|
||||||
|
handle this:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- Clear the Background of the Bitmap with the background color
|
||||||
|
you like (i have used COLOR_WINDOW) and don't support transparency.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
below #define XMF_SUPPORT_TRANSPARENCY 0
|
||||||
|
#define XMF_COLOR_BACK RGB(Background color you like)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- Clear the Background of the Bitmap with a very unusual color
|
||||||
|
(which one ?) and use this color as the transparent color
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
below #define XMF_SUPPORT_TRANSPARENCY 1
|
||||||
|
#define XMF_COLOR_TRANSPARENT_R ...
|
||||||
|
#define XMF_COLOR_TRANSPARENT_G ...
|
||||||
|
#define XMF_COLOR_TRANSPARENT_B ...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
b) Resolution
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Once we have converted the Metafile into a Bitmap and we zoom in
|
||||||
|
or out, the image may not look very good. If we still had the
|
||||||
|
original Metafile, zooming would produce good results always.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
c) Size
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Although the filesize of a Metafile may be very small, it might
|
||||||
|
produce a Bitmap with a bombastic size. Assume you have a Metafile
|
||||||
|
with an image size of 6000*4000, which contains just one Metafile
|
||||||
|
record ((e.g. a line from (0,0) to (6000, 4000)). The filesize
|
||||||
|
of this Metafile would be let's say 100kB. If we convert it to
|
||||||
|
a 6000*4000 Bitmap with 24 Bits/Pixes, the Bitmap would consume
|
||||||
|
about 68MB of memory.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
I have choosen, to limit the size of the Bitmap to max.
|
||||||
|
screensize, to avoid memory problems.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you want something else,
|
||||||
|
modify #define XMF_MAXSIZE_CX / XMF_MAXSIZE_CY below
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
*********************************************************************
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef _XIMAWMF_H
|
||||||
|
#define _XIMAWMF_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WMF && CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_WINDOWS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class CxImageWMF: public CxImage
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#pragma pack(1)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagRECT16
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int16_t left;
|
||||||
|
int16_t top;
|
||||||
|
int16_t right;
|
||||||
|
int16_t bottom;
|
||||||
|
} RECT16;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// taken from Windos 3.11 SDK Documentation (Programmer's Reference Volume 4: Resources)
|
||||||
|
typedef struct tagMETAFILEHEADER
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
uint32_t key; // always 0x9ac6cdd7
|
||||||
|
uint16_t reserved1; // reserved = 0
|
||||||
|
RECT16 bbox; // bounding rectangle in metafile units as defined in "inch"
|
||||||
|
uint16_t inch; // number of metafile units per inch (should be < 1440)
|
||||||
|
uint32_t reserved2; // reserved = 0
|
||||||
|
uint16_t checksum; // sum of the first 10 WORDS (using XOR operator)
|
||||||
|
} METAFILEHEADER;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#pragma pack()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxImageWMF(): CxImage(CXIMAGE_FORMAT_WMF) { }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(CxFile * hFile, int32_t nForceWidth=0, int32_t nForceHeight=0);
|
||||||
|
bool Decode(FILE *hFile, int32_t nForceWidth=0, int32_t nForceHeight=0)
|
||||||
|
{ CxIOFile file(hFile); return Decode(&file,nForceWidth,nForceHeight); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(CxFile * hFile);
|
||||||
|
bool Encode(FILE *hFile) { CxIOFile file(hFile); return Encode(&file); }
|
||||||
|
#endif // CXIMAGE_SUPPORT_ENCODE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
void ShrinkMetafile(int32_t &cx, int32_t &cy);
|
||||||
|
BOOL CheckMetafileHeader(METAFILEHEADER *pmetafileheader);
|
||||||
|
HENHMETAFILE ConvertWmfFiletoEmf(CxFile *pFile, METAFILEHEADER *pmetafileheader);
|
||||||
|
HENHMETAFILE ConvertEmfFiletoEmf(CxFile *pFile, ENHMETAHEADER *pemfh);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define METAFILEKEY 0x9ac6cdd7L
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// Background color definition (if no transparency). see Notes above
|
||||||
|
#define XMF_COLOR_BACK GetSysColor(COLOR_WINDOW)
|
||||||
|
// alternatives
|
||||||
|
//#define XMF_COLOR_BACK RGB(192, 192, 192) // lite gray
|
||||||
|
//#define XMF_COLOR_BACK RGB( 0, 0, 0) // black
|
||||||
|
//#define XMF_COLOR_BACK RGB(255, 255, 255) // white
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// transparency support. see Notes above
|
||||||
|
#define XMF_SUPPORT_TRANSPARENCY 0
|
||||||
|
#define XMF_COLOR_TRANSPARENT_R 211
|
||||||
|
#define XMF_COLOR_TRANSPARENT_G 121
|
||||||
|
#define XMF_COLOR_TRANSPARENT_B 112
|
||||||
|
// don't change
|
||||||
|
#define XMF_COLOR_TRANSPARENT RGB (XMF_COLOR_TRANSPARENT_R, \
|
||||||
|
XMF_COLOR_TRANSPARENT_G, \
|
||||||
|
XMF_COLOR_TRANSPARENT_B)
|
||||||
|
// don't change
|
||||||
|
#define XMF_RGBQUAD_TRANSPARENT XMF_COLOR_TRANSPARENT_B, \
|
||||||
|
XMF_COLOR_TRANSPARENT_G, \
|
||||||
|
XMF_COLOR_TRANSPARENT_R, \
|
||||||
|
0
|
||||||
|
// max. size. see Notes above
|
||||||
|
// alternatives
|
||||||
|
//#define XMF_MAXSIZE_CX (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN)-10)
|
||||||
|
//#define XMF_MAXSIZE_CY (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN)-50)
|
||||||
|
//#define XMF_MAXSIZE_CX (2*GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN)/3)
|
||||||
|
//#define XMF_MAXSIZE_CY (2*GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN)/3)
|
||||||
|
#define XMF_MAXSIZE_CX 4000
|
||||||
|
#define XMF_MAXSIZE_CY 4000
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
125
cximage/xiofile.h
Normal file
125
cximage/xiofile.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
|
|||||||
|
#if !defined(__xiofile_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __xiofile_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "xfile.h"
|
||||||
|
//#include <TCHAR.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class DLL_EXP CxIOFile : public CxFile
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxIOFile(FILE* fp = NULL)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
m_fp = fp;
|
||||||
|
m_bCloseFile = (bool)(fp==0);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
~CxIOFile()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Close();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
bool Open(const TCHAR * filename, const TCHAR * mode)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (m_fp) return false; // Can't re-open without closing first
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_fp = _tfopen(filename, mode);
|
||||||
|
if (!m_fp) return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
m_bCloseFile = true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
virtual bool Close()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int32_t iErr = 0;
|
||||||
|
if ( (m_fp) && (m_bCloseFile) ){
|
||||||
|
iErr = fclose(m_fp);
|
||||||
|
m_fp = NULL;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return (bool)(iErr==0);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
virtual size_t Read(void *buffer, size_t size, size_t count)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (!m_fp) return 0;
|
||||||
|
return fread(buffer, size, count, m_fp);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
virtual size_t Write(const void *buffer, size_t size, size_t count)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (!m_fp) return 0;
|
||||||
|
return fwrite(buffer, size, count, m_fp);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
virtual bool Seek(int32_t offset, int32_t origin)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (!m_fp) return false;
|
||||||
|
return (bool)(fseek(m_fp, offset, origin) == 0);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
virtual int32_t Tell()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (!m_fp) return 0;
|
||||||
|
return ftell(m_fp);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
virtual int32_t Size()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (!m_fp) return -1;
|
||||||
|
int32_t pos,size;
|
||||||
|
pos = ftell(m_fp);
|
||||||
|
fseek(m_fp, 0, SEEK_END);
|
||||||
|
size = ftell(m_fp);
|
||||||
|
fseek(m_fp, pos,SEEK_SET);
|
||||||
|
return size;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
virtual bool Flush()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (!m_fp) return false;
|
||||||
|
return (bool)(fflush(m_fp) == 0);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
virtual bool Eof()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (!m_fp) return true;
|
||||||
|
return (bool)(feof(m_fp) != 0);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
virtual int32_t Error()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (!m_fp) return -1;
|
||||||
|
return ferror(m_fp);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
virtual bool PutC(uint8_t c)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (!m_fp) return false;
|
||||||
|
return (bool)(fputc(c, m_fp) == c);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
virtual int32_t GetC()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (!m_fp) return EOF;
|
||||||
|
return getc(m_fp);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
virtual char * GetS(char *string, int32_t n)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (!m_fp) return NULL;
|
||||||
|
return fgets(string,n,m_fp);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
virtual int32_t Scanf(const char *format, void* output)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (!m_fp) return EOF;
|
||||||
|
return fscanf(m_fp, format, output);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
FILE *m_fp;
|
||||||
|
bool m_bCloseFile;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
42
cximage/xmemfile.h
Normal file
42
cximage/xmemfile.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
|||||||
|
#if !defined(__xmemfile_h)
|
||||||
|
#define __xmemfile_h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "xfile.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||||
|
class DLL_EXP CxMemFile : public CxFile
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
CxMemFile(uint8_t* pBuffer = NULL, uint32_t size = 0);
|
||||||
|
~CxMemFile();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Open();
|
||||||
|
uint8_t* GetBuffer(bool bDetachBuffer = true);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
virtual bool Close();
|
||||||
|
virtual size_t Read(void *buffer, size_t size, size_t count);
|
||||||
|
virtual size_t Write(const void *buffer, size_t size, size_t count);
|
||||||
|
virtual bool Seek(int32_t offset, int32_t origin);
|
||||||
|
virtual int32_t Tell();
|
||||||
|
virtual int32_t Size();
|
||||||
|
virtual bool Flush();
|
||||||
|
virtual bool Eof();
|
||||||
|
virtual int32_t Error();
|
||||||
|
virtual bool PutC(uint8_t c);
|
||||||
|
virtual int32_t GetC();
|
||||||
|
virtual char * GetS(char *string, int32_t n);
|
||||||
|
virtual int32_t Scanf(const char *format, void* output);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
bool Alloc(uint32_t nBytes);
|
||||||
|
void Free();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uint8_t* m_pBuffer;
|
||||||
|
uint32_t m_Size;
|
||||||
|
bool m_bFreeOnClose;
|
||||||
|
int32_t m_Position; //current position
|
||||||
|
int32_t m_Edge; //buffer size
|
||||||
|
bool m_bEOF;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
BIN
cximage/zlib.lib
Normal file
BIN
cximage/zlib.lib
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
res/TouchBoard.ico
Normal file
BIN
res/TouchBoard.ico
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 66 KiB |
BIN
res/TouchBoard.rc2
Normal file
BIN
res/TouchBoard.rc2
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
res/bitmap1.bmp
Normal file
BIN
res/bitmap1.bmp
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.2 KiB |
BIN
res/check.png
Normal file
BIN
res/check.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.5 KiB |
BIN
res/emergency.png
Normal file
BIN
res/emergency.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 3.2 KiB |
BIN
res/fire.png
Normal file
BIN
res/fire.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 3.1 KiB |
BIN
res/icon_emergency.png
Normal file
BIN
res/icon_emergency.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 6.4 KiB |
BIN
res/icon_fire.png
Normal file
BIN
res/icon_fire.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 6.4 KiB |
BIN
res/icon_mic.png
Normal file
BIN
res/icon_mic.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 5.7 KiB |
BIN
res/icon_rescue.png
Normal file
BIN
res/icon_rescue.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 5.6 KiB |
BIN
res/mic.png
Normal file
BIN
res/mic.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 3.0 KiB |
BIN
res/rescue.png
Normal file
BIN
res/rescue.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 3.3 KiB |
BIN
res/symbol.png
Normal file
BIN
res/symbol.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 11 KiB |
BIN
resource.h
Normal file
BIN
resource.h
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
11
stdafx.cpp
Normal file
11
stdafx.cpp
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// stdafx.cpp : 표준 포함 파일만 들어 있는 소스 파일입니다.
|
||||||
|
// TouchBoard.pch는 미리 컴파일된 헤더가 됩니다.
|
||||||
|
// stdafx.obj에는 미리 컴파일된 형식 정보가 포함됩니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "stdafx.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
RGBQUAD RGB_QUAD_RED;
|
||||||
|
RGBQUAD RGB_QUAD_GREEN;
|
||||||
|
RGBQUAD RGB_QUAD_BLUE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
75
stdafx.h
Normal file
75
stdafx.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// stdafx.h : 자주 사용하지만 자주 변경되지는 않는
|
||||||
|
// 표준 시스템 포함 파일 및 프로젝트 관련 포함 파일이
|
||||||
|
// 들어 있는 포함 파일입니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#pragma once
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef VC_EXTRALEAN
|
||||||
|
#define VC_EXTRALEAN // 거의 사용되지 않는 내용은 Windows 헤더에서 제외합니다.
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "targetver.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define _ATL_CSTRING_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTORS // 일부 CString 생성자는 명시적으로 선언됩니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// MFC의 공통 부분과 무시 가능한 경고 메시지에 대한 숨기기를 해제합니다.
|
||||||
|
#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
|
||||||
|
#define _AFX_ALL_WARNINGS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <afxwin.h> // MFC 핵심 및 표준 구성 요소입니다.
|
||||||
|
#include <afxext.h> // MFC 확장입니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <afxdisp.h> // MFC 자동화 클래스입니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef _AFX_NO_OLE_SUPPORT
|
||||||
|
#include <afxdtctl.h> // Internet Explorer 4 공용 컨트롤에 대한 MFC 지원입니다.
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#ifndef _AFX_NO_AFXCMN_SUPPORT
|
||||||
|
#include <afxcmn.h> // Windows 공용 컨트롤에 대한 MFC 지원입니다.
|
||||||
|
#endif // _AFX_NO_AFXCMN_SUPPORT
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <afxcontrolbars.h> // MFC의 리본 및 컨트롤 막대 지원
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <afxsock.h> // MFC 소켓 확장
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "cximage/ximage.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "UTF8Conv.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define RGB2RGBQURD(rgb, quad) { quad.rgbRed = GetRValue(rgb); quad.rgbBlue = GetBValue(rgb); quad.rgbGreen = GetGValue(rgb); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_SETUP_DLG_WIDTH 1050
|
||||||
|
//#define TBD_SETUP_DLG_HEIGHT 680
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_SETUP_DLG_HEIGHT 730
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_BUTTON_UI_STYLE 2
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_USE_COLOR_BUTTON 1
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_USE_THREELINE_GROUP 1
|
||||||
|
#define TBD_USE_SOCKET_THREAD 0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
extern RGBQUAD RGB_QUAD_RED;
|
||||||
|
extern RGBQUAD RGB_QUAD_GREEN;
|
||||||
|
extern RGBQUAD RGB_QUAD_BLUE;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
const UINT WM_TBD_SETUP_SAVE = ::RegisterWindowMessage(L"TBD_SETUP_SAVE");
|
||||||
|
const UINT WM_TBD_GROUP_PUSH = ::RegisterWindowMessage(L"TBD_GROUP_PUSH");
|
||||||
|
const UINT WM_TBD_UPDATE_GROUP = ::RegisterWindowMessage(L"TBD_UPDATE_GROUP");
|
||||||
|
const UINT WM_TBD_UPDATE_LOG = ::RegisterWindowMessage(L"TBD_UPDATE_LOG");
|
||||||
|
const UINT WM_TBD_SUB_GROUPING = ::RegisterWindowMessage(L"TBD_SUB_GROUPING");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef _UNICODE
|
||||||
|
#if defined _M_IX86
|
||||||
|
#pragma comment(linker,"/manifestdependency:\"type='win32' name='Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls' version='6.0.0.0' processorArchitecture='x86' publicKeyToken='6595b64144ccf1df' language='*'\"")
|
||||||
|
#elif defined _M_X64
|
||||||
|
#pragma comment(linker,"/manifestdependency:\"type='win32' name='Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls' version='6.0.0.0' processorArchitecture='amd64' publicKeyToken='6595b64144ccf1df' language='*'\"")
|
||||||
|
#else
|
||||||
|
#pragma comment(linker,"/manifestdependency:\"type='win32' name='Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls' version='6.0.0.0' processorArchitecture='*' publicKeyToken='6595b64144ccf1df' language='*'\"")
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
8
targetver.h
Normal file
8
targetver.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
|||||||
|
#pragma once
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// 포함 SDKDDKVer.h는 사용 가능한 Windows 플랫폼 중 버전이 가장 높은 플랫폼을 정의합니다.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// 이전 Windows 플랫폼에 대해 응용 프로그램을 빌드하려는 경우에는 SDKDDKVer.h를 포함하기 전에
|
||||||
|
// WinSDKVer.h를 포함하고 _WIN32_WINNT 매크로를 지원하려는 플랫폼으로 설정하십시오.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <SDKDDKVer.h>
|
||||||
Loading…
x
Reference in New Issue
Block a user